]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
2bda0e17 | 1 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
faa49bfd WS |
2 | // Name: src/msw/window.cpp |
3 | // Purpose: wxWindowMSW | |
2bda0e17 | 4 | // Author: Julian Smart |
a23fd0e1 | 5 | // Modified by: VZ on 13.05.99: no more Default(), MSWOnXXX() reorganisation |
2bda0e17 KB |
6 | // Created: 04/01/98 |
7 | // RCS-ID: $Id$ | |
6c9a19aa | 8 | // Copyright: (c) Julian Smart |
65571936 | 9 | // Licence: wxWindows licence |
2bda0e17 KB |
10 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
11 | ||
a23fd0e1 VZ |
12 | // =========================================================================== |
13 | // declarations | |
14 | // =========================================================================== | |
15 | ||
16 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
17 | // headers | |
18 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
19 | ||
2bda0e17 KB |
20 | // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". |
21 | #include "wx/wxprec.h" | |
22 | ||
23 | #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
09914df7 | 24 | #pragma hdrstop |
2bda0e17 KB |
25 | #endif |
26 | ||
e4db172a WS |
27 | #include "wx/window.h" |
28 | ||
2bda0e17 | 29 | #ifndef WX_PRECOMP |
9ed0d735 | 30 | #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" |
57bd4c60 WS |
31 | #include "wx/msw/wrapcctl.h" // include <commctrl.h> "properly" |
32 | #include "wx/msw/missing.h" | |
0c589ad0 | 33 | #include "wx/accel.h" |
3a19e16d VZ |
34 | #include "wx/menu.h" |
35 | #include "wx/dc.h" | |
36 | #include "wx/dcclient.h" | |
8e92ccef | 37 | #include "wx/dcmemory.h" |
3a19e16d VZ |
38 | #include "wx/utils.h" |
39 | #include "wx/app.h" | |
3a19e16d VZ |
40 | #include "wx/layout.h" |
41 | #include "wx/dialog.h" | |
42 | #include "wx/frame.h" | |
43 | #include "wx/listbox.h" | |
44 | #include "wx/button.h" | |
3a19e16d | 45 | #include "wx/msgdlg.h" |
1f3943e0 | 46 | #include "wx/settings.h" |
8d753488 | 47 | #include "wx/statbox.h" |
1e2aa2f8 | 48 | #include "wx/sizer.h" |
88a7a4e1 | 49 | #include "wx/intl.h" |
e4db172a | 50 | #include "wx/log.h" |
fec9cc08 | 51 | #include "wx/textctrl.h" |
25466131 | 52 | #include "wx/menuitem.h" |
02761f6c | 53 | #include "wx/module.h" |
2bda0e17 KB |
54 | #endif |
55 | ||
61fef19b | 56 | #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
09914df7 | 57 | #include "wx/ownerdrw.h" |
2bda0e17 KB |
58 | #endif |
59 | ||
5acec112 | 60 | #include "wx/hashmap.h" |
a3dc1da9 | 61 | #include "wx/evtloop.h" |
355debca | 62 | #include "wx/power.h" |
c6430ed0 | 63 | #include "wx/sysopt.h" |
d79df32c | 64 | |
9e2896e5 VZ |
65 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
66 | #include "wx/dnd.h" | |
2bda0e17 KB |
67 | #endif |
68 | ||
ed5317e5 JS |
69 | #if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY |
70 | #include "wx/access.h" | |
bef8d481 | 71 | #include <ole2.h> |
ed5317e5 JS |
72 | #include <oleacc.h> |
73 | #ifndef WM_GETOBJECT | |
74 | #define WM_GETOBJECT 0x003D | |
75 | #endif | |
76 | #ifndef OBJID_CLIENT | |
77 | #define OBJID_CLIENT 0xFFFFFFFC | |
78 | #endif | |
79 | #endif | |
80 | ||
0c589ad0 | 81 | #include "wx/msw/private.h" |
0c03f52d | 82 | #include "wx/msw/private/keyboard.h" |
888dde65 | 83 | #include "wx/msw/dcclient.h" |
0c589ad0 | 84 | |
750b78ba | 85 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
42e69d6b | 86 | #include "wx/tooltip.h" |
750b78ba JS |
87 | #endif |
88 | ||
789295bf VZ |
89 | #if wxUSE_CARET |
90 | #include "wx/caret.h" | |
91 | #endif // wxUSE_CARET | |
92 | ||
7ee21e3a VZ |
93 | #if wxUSE_RADIOBOX |
94 | #include "wx/radiobox.h" | |
95 | #endif // wxUSE_RADIOBOX | |
96 | ||
6fe19057 VZ |
97 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL |
98 | #include "wx/spinctrl.h" | |
99 | #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
100 | ||
d9317fd4 | 101 | #include "wx/notebook.h" |
5c6c3176 | 102 | #include "wx/listctrl.h" |
aafb9978 | 103 | #include "wx/dynlib.h" |
2a47d3c1 | 104 | |
2bda0e17 KB |
105 | #include <string.h> |
106 | ||
d61c1a6f | 107 | #if (!defined(__GNUWIN32_OLD__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) /* && !defined(__WXWINCE__) */ ) || defined(__CYGWIN10__) |
3a19e16d VZ |
108 | #include <shellapi.h> |
109 | #include <mmsystem.h> | |
2bda0e17 KB |
110 | #endif |
111 | ||
112 | #ifdef __WIN32__ | |
3a19e16d | 113 | #include <windowsx.h> |
2bda0e17 KB |
114 | #endif |
115 | ||
7f0586ef | 116 | #if defined(__WXWINCE__) |
4e5c6c33 | 117 | #include "wx/msw/wince/missing.h" |
7d4f65e3 JS |
118 | #ifdef __POCKETPC__ |
119 | #include <windows.h> | |
120 | #include <shellapi.h> | |
121 | #include <ole2.h> | |
122 | #include <aygshell.h> | |
123 | #endif | |
7f0586ef JS |
124 | #endif |
125 | ||
a047aff2 JS |
126 | #if wxUSE_UXTHEME |
127 | #include "wx/msw/uxtheme.h" | |
128 | #define EP_EDITTEXT 1 | |
129 | #define ETS_NORMAL 1 | |
130 | #define ETS_HOT 2 | |
131 | #define ETS_SELECTED 3 | |
132 | #define ETS_DISABLED 4 | |
133 | #define ETS_FOCUSED 5 | |
134 | #define ETS_READONLY 6 | |
135 | #define ETS_ASSIST 7 | |
136 | #endif | |
137 | ||
21487550 VZ |
138 | // define the constants used by AnimateWindow() if our SDK doesn't have them |
139 | #ifndef AW_CENTER | |
140 | #define AW_HOR_POSITIVE 0x00000001 | |
141 | #define AW_HOR_NEGATIVE 0x00000002 | |
142 | #define AW_VER_POSITIVE 0x00000004 | |
143 | #define AW_VER_NEGATIVE 0x00000008 | |
144 | #define AW_CENTER 0x00000010 | |
145 | #define AW_HIDE 0x00010000 | |
146 | #define AW_ACTIVATE 0x00020000 | |
147 | #define AW_SLIDE 0x00040000 | |
148 | #define AW_BLEND 0x00080000 | |
149 | #endif | |
150 | ||
aafb9978 | 151 | #if defined(TME_LEAVE) && defined(WM_MOUSELEAVE) && wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS |
4e5c6c33 VZ |
152 | #define HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
153 | #endif // everything needed for TrackMouseEvent() | |
154 | ||
c358ea41 VZ |
155 | // set this to 1 to filter out duplicate mouse events, e.g. mouse move events |
156 | // when mouse position didnd't change | |
157 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ | |
158 | #define wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK 0 | |
159 | #else | |
160 | #define wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK 1 | |
161 | #endif | |
162 | ||
2f68482e VZ |
163 | // not all compilers/platforms have X button related declarations (notably |
164 | // Windows CE doesn't, and probably some old SDKs don't neither) | |
165 | #ifdef WM_XBUTTONDOWN | |
166 | #define wxHAS_XBUTTON | |
167 | #endif | |
168 | ||
7095bd60 VZ |
169 | #ifndef MAPVK_VK_TO_CHAR |
170 | #define MAPVK_VK_TO_CHAR 2 | |
171 | #endif | |
172 | ||
a23fd0e1 | 173 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
42e69d6b | 174 | // global variables |
a23fd0e1 | 175 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
47cbd6da | 176 | |
1950edc3 RR |
177 | #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
178 | extern wxMenu *wxCurrentPopupMenu; | |
179 | #endif | |
180 | ||
a3b89fa9 VZ |
181 | #if wxUSE_UXTHEME |
182 | // This is a hack used by the owner-drawn wxButton implementation to ensure | |
183 | // that the brush used for erasing its background is correctly aligned with the | |
184 | // control. | |
bb60690d | 185 | wxWindowMSW *wxWindowBeingErased = NULL; |
a3b89fa9 VZ |
186 | #endif // wxUSE_UXTHEME |
187 | ||
bec9bf3e VZ |
188 | namespace |
189 | { | |
190 | ||
90c1530a VZ |
191 | // true if we had already created the std colour map, used by |
192 | // wxGetStdColourMap() and wxWindow::OnSysColourChanged() (FIXME-MT) | |
bec9bf3e | 193 | bool gs_hasStdCmap = false; |
90c1530a | 194 | |
c358ea41 VZ |
195 | // last mouse event information we need to filter out the duplicates |
196 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
bec9bf3e | 197 | struct MouseEventInfoDummy |
c358ea41 VZ |
198 | { |
199 | // mouse position (in screen coordinates) | |
200 | wxPoint pos; | |
201 | ||
202 | // last mouse event type | |
203 | wxEventType type; | |
204 | } gs_lastMouseEvent; | |
205 | #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
206 | ||
5acec112 VZ |
207 | // hash containing the registered handlers for the custom messages |
208 | WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP(int, wxWindow::MSWMessageHandler, | |
209 | wxIntegerHash, wxIntegerEqual, | |
210 | MSWMessageHandlers); | |
211 | ||
bec9bf3e | 212 | MSWMessageHandlers gs_messageHandlers; |
5acec112 | 213 | |
dca0f651 VZ |
214 | // hash containing all our windows, it uses HWND keys and wxWindow* values |
215 | WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP(HWND, wxWindow *, | |
216 | wxPointerHash, wxPointerEqual, | |
217 | WindowHandles); | |
218 | ||
bec9bf3e VZ |
219 | WindowHandles gs_windowHandles; |
220 | ||
221 | #ifdef wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK | |
222 | ||
223 | // temporary override for WM_ERASEBKGND processing: we don't store this in | |
224 | // wxWindow itself as we don't need it during most of the time so don't | |
225 | // increase the size of all window objects unnecessarily | |
226 | WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP(wxWindow *, wxWindow *, | |
227 | wxPointerHash, wxPointerEqual, | |
228 | EraseBgHooks); | |
229 | ||
230 | EraseBgHooks gs_eraseBgHooks; | |
231 | ||
232 | #endif // wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK | |
233 | ||
982bc2e4 VZ |
234 | // If this variable is strictly positive, EVT_CHAR_HOOK is not generated for |
235 | // Escape key presses as it can't be intercepted because it's needed by some | |
236 | // currently shown window, e.g. IME entry. | |
237 | // | |
238 | // This is currently global as we allow using UI from the main thread only | |
239 | // anyhow but could be replaced with a thread-specific value in the future if | |
240 | // needed. | |
241 | int gs_modalEntryWindowCount = 0; | |
242 | ||
bec9bf3e | 243 | } // anonymous namespace |
dca0f651 | 244 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
245 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
246 | // private functions | |
247 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
248 | ||
249 | // the window proc for all our windows | |
3135f4a7 | 250 | LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message, |
42e69d6b | 251 | WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); |
577baeef | 252 | |
42e69d6b | 253 | |
4b6a582b | 254 | #if wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2 |
4a712ba3 | 255 | const wxChar *wxGetMessageName(int message); |
4b6a582b | 256 | #endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2 |
2bda0e17 | 257 | |
1e6feb95 | 258 | void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindowMSW *win); |
cc972ac6 | 259 | extern void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindowMSW *win); |
2bda0e17 | 260 | |
f6bcfd97 | 261 | // get the text metrics for the current font |
1e6feb95 VZ |
262 | static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win); |
263 | ||
42b1fb63 | 264 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
dfafa702 | 265 | // find the window for the mouse event at the specified position |
42b1fb63 VZ |
266 | static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y); |
267 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ | |
dfafa702 | 268 | |
c48926e1 | 269 | // wrapper around BringWindowToTop() API |
44d5b352 | 270 | static inline void wxBringWindowToTop(HWND hwnd) |
c48926e1 VZ |
271 | { |
272 | #ifdef __WXMICROWIN__ | |
273 | // It seems that MicroWindows brings the _parent_ of the window to the top, | |
274 | // which can be the wrong one. | |
275 | ||
276 | // activate (set focus to) specified window | |
277 | ::SetFocus(hwnd); | |
313901f3 | 278 | #endif |
c48926e1 VZ |
279 | |
280 | // raise top level parent to top of z order | |
313901f3 | 281 | if (!::SetWindowPos(hwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE)) |
c48926e1 | 282 | { |
9a83f860 | 283 | wxLogLastError(wxT("SetWindowPos")); |
c48926e1 | 284 | } |
c48926e1 | 285 | } |
f6bcfd97 | 286 | |
e0c5c96f VZ |
287 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
288 | ||
ee471817 VZ |
289 | // ensure that all our parent windows have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style |
290 | static void EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(wxWindow *parent) | |
291 | { | |
292 | /* | |
293 | If we have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT flag we absolutely *must* set it for our | |
294 | parent as well as otherwise several Win32 functions using | |
295 | GetNextDlgTabItem() to iterate over all controls such as | |
296 | IsDialogMessage() or DefDlgProc() would enter an infinite loop: indeed, | |
297 | all of them iterate over all the controls starting from the currently | |
298 | focused one and stop iterating when they get back to the focus but | |
299 | unless all parents have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT bit set, they would never | |
300 | get back to the initial (focused) window: as we do have this style, | |
301 | GetNextDlgTabItem() will leave this window and continue in its parent, | |
302 | but if the parent doesn't have it, it wouldn't recurse inside it later | |
90e572f1 | 303 | on and so wouldn't have a chance of getting back to this window either. |
ee471817 | 304 | */ |
ee471817 VZ |
305 | while ( parent && !parent->IsTopLevel() ) |
306 | { | |
d66d0500 | 307 | LONG exStyle = wxGetWindowExStyle(parent); |
ee471817 VZ |
308 | if ( !(exStyle & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT) ) |
309 | { | |
310 | // force the parent to have this style | |
d66d0500 | 311 | wxSetWindowExStyle(parent, exStyle | WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT); |
ee471817 VZ |
312 | } |
313 | ||
314 | parent = parent->GetParent(); | |
315 | } | |
ee471817 VZ |
316 | } |
317 | ||
e0c5c96f VZ |
318 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ |
319 | ||
d6c37f5b VZ |
320 | // GetCursorPos can return an error, so use this function |
321 | // instead. | |
322 | // Error originally observed with WinCE, but later using Remote Desktop | |
323 | // to connect to XP. | |
324 | void wxGetCursorPosMSW(POINT* pt) | |
f2325516 | 325 | { |
7d30268c JS |
326 | if (!GetCursorPos(pt)) |
327 | { | |
d6c37f5b VZ |
328 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
329 | wxLogLastError(wxT("GetCursorPos")); | |
330 | #endif | |
7d30268c | 331 | DWORD pos = GetMessagePos(); |
d6c37f5b VZ |
332 | // the coordinates may be negative in multi-monitor systems |
333 | pt->x = GET_X_LPARAM(pos); | |
334 | pt->y = GET_Y_LPARAM(pos); | |
7d30268c | 335 | } |
f2325516 | 336 | } |
f2325516 | 337 | |
a23fd0e1 VZ |
338 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
339 | // event tables | |
340 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
341 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
342 | // in wxUniv/MSW this class is abstract because it doesn't have DoPopupMenu() |
343 | // method | |
344 | #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
345 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWindowMSW, wxWindowBase) | |
28953245 | 346 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
1e6feb95 VZ |
347 | |
348 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxWindowMSW, wxWindowBase) | |
1e6feb95 | 349 | EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxWindowMSW::OnSysColourChanged) |
79099b80 | 350 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1e6feb95 | 351 | EVT_INIT_DIALOG(wxWindowMSW::OnInitDialog) |
79099b80 | 352 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
353 | END_EVENT_TABLE() |
354 | ||
a23fd0e1 VZ |
355 | // =========================================================================== |
356 | // implementation | |
357 | // =========================================================================== | |
358 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
359 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
360 | // wxWindow utility functions | |
361 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
362 | ||
2bda0e17 | 363 | // Find an item given the MS Windows id |
1e6feb95 | 364 | wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItem(long id) const |
2bda0e17 | 365 | { |
1e6feb95 | 366 | #if wxUSE_CONTROLS |
f7637829 | 367 | wxControl *item = wxDynamicCastThis(wxControl); |
f048e32f VZ |
368 | if ( item ) |
369 | { | |
90e572f1 | 370 | // is it us or one of our "internal" children? |
1e6feb95 VZ |
371 | if ( item->GetId() == id |
372 | #ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
373 | || (item->GetSubcontrols().Index(id) != wxNOT_FOUND) | |
374 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
375 | ) | |
f048e32f VZ |
376 | { |
377 | return item; | |
378 | } | |
379 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 380 | #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS |
f048e32f | 381 | |
222ed1d6 | 382 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator current = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
2d0a075d JS |
383 | while (current) |
384 | { | |
42e69d6b | 385 | wxWindow *childWin = current->GetData(); |
2bda0e17 | 386 | |
42e69d6b | 387 | wxWindow *wnd = childWin->FindItem(id); |
cc2b7472 | 388 | if ( wnd ) |
42e69d6b | 389 | return wnd; |
2bda0e17 | 390 | |
42e69d6b | 391 | current = current->GetNext(); |
2bda0e17 | 392 | } |
42e69d6b | 393 | |
2d0a075d | 394 | return NULL; |
2bda0e17 KB |
395 | } |
396 | ||
397 | // Find an item given the MS Windows handle | |
1e6feb95 | 398 | wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItemByHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool controlOnly) const |
2bda0e17 | 399 | { |
222ed1d6 | 400 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator current = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
2d0a075d | 401 | while (current) |
2bda0e17 | 402 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
403 | wxWindow *parent = current->GetData(); |
404 | ||
2d0a075d | 405 | // Do a recursive search. |
42e69d6b | 406 | wxWindow *wnd = parent->FindItemByHWND(hWnd); |
cc2b7472 | 407 | if ( wnd ) |
42e69d6b | 408 | return wnd; |
2d0a075d | 409 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
410 | if ( !controlOnly |
411 | #if wxUSE_CONTROLS | |
345c78ca | 412 | || wxDynamicCast(parent, wxControl) |
1e6feb95 VZ |
413 | #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS |
414 | ) | |
2d0a075d | 415 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
416 | wxWindow *item = current->GetData(); |
417 | if ( item->GetHWND() == hWnd ) | |
2d0a075d JS |
418 | return item; |
419 | else | |
420 | { | |
421 | if ( item->ContainsHWND(hWnd) ) | |
422 | return item; | |
423 | } | |
424 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
425 | |
426 | current = current->GetNext(); | |
2bda0e17 | 427 | } |
2d0a075d | 428 | return NULL; |
2bda0e17 KB |
429 | } |
430 | ||
431 | // Default command handler | |
1e6feb95 | 432 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCommand(WXUINT WXUNUSED(param), WXWORD WXUNUSED(id)) |
2bda0e17 | 433 | { |
08158721 | 434 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
435 | } |
436 | ||
fd3f686c VZ |
437 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
438 | // constructors and such | |
439 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
440 | ||
1e6feb95 | 441 | void wxWindowMSW::Init() |
2bda0e17 | 442 | { |
cc2b7472 | 443 | // MSW specific |
5a403e3f | 444 | m_oldWndProc = NULL; |
08158721 DS |
445 | m_mouseInWindow = false; |
446 | m_lastKeydownProcessed = false; | |
2bda0e17 | 447 | |
319fefa9 VZ |
448 | m_hWnd = 0; |
449 | ||
2d0a075d JS |
450 | m_xThumbSize = 0; |
451 | m_yThumbSize = 0; | |
2bda0e17 | 452 | |
f5c1b76c VZ |
453 | #if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
454 | m_hDWP = 0; | |
67644c1d RD |
455 | m_pendingPosition = wxDefaultPosition; |
456 | m_pendingSize = wxDefaultSize; | |
f5c1b76c | 457 | #endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
7d4f65e3 JS |
458 | |
459 | #ifdef __POCKETPC__ | |
460 | m_contextMenuEnabled = false; | |
461 | #endif | |
fd3f686c VZ |
462 | } |
463 | ||
2bda0e17 | 464 | // Destructor |
1e6feb95 | 465 | wxWindowMSW::~wxWindowMSW() |
2bda0e17 | 466 | { |
c6212a0c | 467 | SendDestroyEvent(); |
2bda0e17 | 468 | |
2e9f62da | 469 | #ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
4a41c655 | 470 | // VS: make sure there's no wxFrame with last focus set to us: |
2e9f62da | 471 | for ( wxWindow *win = GetParent(); win; win = win->GetParent() ) |
4a41c655 | 472 | { |
085ad686 | 473 | wxTopLevelWindow *frame = wxDynamicCast(win, wxTopLevelWindow); |
4a41c655 VS |
474 | if ( frame ) |
475 | { | |
c5053639 | 476 | if ( frame->GetLastFocus() == this ) |
2e9f62da | 477 | { |
085ad686 | 478 | frame->SetLastFocus(NULL); |
2e9f62da | 479 | } |
4552892f VZ |
480 | |
481 | // apparently sometimes we can end up with our grand parent | |
482 | // pointing to us as well: this is surely a bug in focus handling | |
483 | // code but it's not clear where it happens so for now just try to | |
484 | // fix it here by not breaking out of the loop | |
485 | //break; | |
4a41c655 VS |
486 | } |
487 | } | |
2e9f62da | 488 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
2bda0e17 | 489 | |
cc0c7cd8 | 490 | // VS: destroy children first and _then_ detach *this from its parent. |
90e572f1 | 491 | // If we did it the other way around, children wouldn't be able |
cc0c7cd8 VS |
492 | // find their parent frame (see above). |
493 | DestroyChildren(); | |
494 | ||
cc2b7472 | 495 | if ( m_hWnd ) |
42e69d6b | 496 | { |
98440bc3 VZ |
497 | // VZ: test temp removed to understand what really happens here |
498 | //if (::IsWindow(GetHwnd())) | |
df61c009 JS |
499 | { |
500 | if ( !::DestroyWindow(GetHwnd()) ) | |
43b2d5e7 | 501 | { |
f6bcfd97 | 502 | wxLogLastError(wxT("DestroyWindow")); |
43b2d5e7 | 503 | } |
df61c009 | 504 | } |
2bda0e17 | 505 | |
c50f1fb9 VZ |
506 | // remove hWnd <-> wxWindow association |
507 | wxRemoveHandleAssociation(this); | |
508 | } | |
d7cbabe0 | 509 | |
2bda0e17 KB |
510 | } |
511 | ||
d9698bd4 VZ |
512 | /* static */ |
513 | const wxChar *wxWindowMSW::MSWGetRegisteredClassName() | |
514 | { | |
9a83f860 | 515 | return wxApp::GetRegisteredClassName(wxT("wxWindow"), COLOR_BTNFACE); |
d9698bd4 VZ |
516 | } |
517 | ||
fd3f686c | 518 | // real construction (Init() must have been called before!) |
1e6feb95 VZ |
519 | bool wxWindowMSW::Create(wxWindow *parent, |
520 | wxWindowID id, | |
521 | const wxPoint& pos, | |
522 | const wxSize& size, | |
523 | long style, | |
524 | const wxString& name) | |
2d0a075d | 525 | { |
08158721 | 526 | wxCHECK_MSG( parent, false, wxT("can't create wxWindow without parent") ); |
2bda0e17 | 527 | |
8d99be5f | 528 | if ( !CreateBase(parent, id, pos, size, style, wxDefaultValidator, name) ) |
08158721 | 529 | return false; |
42e69d6b | 530 | |
fd3f686c | 531 | parent->AddChild(this); |
2bda0e17 | 532 | |
b2d5a7ee | 533 | WXDWORD exstyle; |
e49d97e6 | 534 | DWORD msflags = MSWGetCreateWindowFlags(&exstyle); |
1e6feb95 VZ |
535 | |
536 | #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
d1fe917b | 537 | // no borders, we draw them ourselves |
76c79ff4 VZ |
538 | exstyle &= ~(WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME | |
539 | WS_EX_STATICEDGE | | |
540 | WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE | | |
541 | WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE); | |
d1fe917b | 542 | msflags &= ~WS_BORDER; |
b2d5a7ee | 543 | #endif // wxUniversal |
1e6feb95 | 544 | |
ff792344 | 545 | if ( IsShown() ) |
e49d97e6 VZ |
546 | { |
547 | msflags |= WS_VISIBLE; | |
548 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 549 | |
d9698bd4 VZ |
550 | if ( !MSWCreate(MSWGetRegisteredClassName(), |
551 | NULL, pos, size, msflags, exstyle) ) | |
45956e37 VZ |
552 | return false; |
553 | ||
554 | InheritAttributes(); | |
555 | ||
556 | return true; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
557 | } |
558 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
559 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
560 | // basic operations | |
561 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
562 | ||
1e6feb95 | 563 | void wxWindowMSW::SetFocus() |
2bda0e17 | 564 | { |
a23fd0e1 | 565 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
9a83f860 | 566 | wxCHECK_RET( hWnd, wxT("can't set focus to invalid window") ); |
1e6feb95 | 567 | |
4b6a582b | 568 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
1e6feb95 | 569 | ::SetLastError(0); |
8cb172b4 | 570 | #endif |
d0a3d109 | 571 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
572 | if ( !::SetFocus(hWnd) ) |
573 | { | |
574 | // was there really an error? | |
575 | DWORD dwRes = ::GetLastError(); | |
576 | if ( dwRes ) | |
577 | { | |
5262eb0a VZ |
578 | HWND hwndFocus = ::GetFocus(); |
579 | if ( hwndFocus != hWnd ) | |
580 | { | |
9a83f860 | 581 | wxLogApiError(wxT("SetFocus"), dwRes); |
5262eb0a | 582 | } |
1e6feb95 | 583 | } |
1e6feb95 | 584 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
585 | } |
586 | ||
ddf9d04f VZ |
587 | void wxWindowMSW::SetFocusFromKbd() |
588 | { | |
ddf9d04f VZ |
589 | // when the focus is given to the control with DLGC_HASSETSEL style from |
590 | // keyboard its contents should be entirely selected: this is what | |
591 | // ::IsDialogMessage() does and so we should do it as well to provide the | |
592 | // same LNF as the native programs | |
593 | if ( ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0) & DLGC_HASSETSEL ) | |
594 | { | |
595 | ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), EM_SETSEL, 0, -1); | |
596 | } | |
1b1ca07a VZ |
597 | |
598 | // do this after (maybe) setting the selection as like this when | |
599 | // wxEVT_SET_FOCUS handler is called, the selection would have been already | |
600 | // set correctly -- this may be important | |
601 | wxWindowBase::SetFocusFromKbd(); | |
ddf9d04f VZ |
602 | } |
603 | ||
42e69d6b | 604 | // Get the window with the focus |
0fe02759 | 605 | wxWindow *wxWindowBase::DoFindFocus() |
42e69d6b VZ |
606 | { |
607 | HWND hWnd = ::GetFocus(); | |
608 | if ( hWnd ) | |
609 | { | |
a2242341 | 610 | return wxGetWindowFromHWND((WXHWND)hWnd); |
42e69d6b VZ |
611 | } |
612 | ||
613 | return NULL; | |
614 | } | |
615 | ||
47a8a4d5 | 616 | void wxWindowMSW::DoEnable( bool enable ) |
2bda0e17 | 617 | { |
0826c4d3 VS |
618 | MSWEnableHWND(GetHwnd(), enable); |
619 | } | |
620 | ||
621 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWEnableHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool enable) | |
622 | { | |
623 | if ( !hWnd ) | |
624 | return false; | |
625 | ||
626 | // If disabling focused control, we move focus to the next one, as if the | |
627 | // user pressed Tab. That's because we can't keep focus on a disabled | |
628 | // control, Tab-navigation would stop working then. | |
629 | if ( !enable && ::GetFocus() == hWnd ) | |
630 | Navigate(); | |
631 | ||
a492bccf | 632 | return ::EnableWindow(hWnd, (BOOL)enable) != 0; |
2bda0e17 KB |
633 | } |
634 | ||
1e6feb95 | 635 | bool wxWindowMSW::Show(bool show) |
42e69d6b VZ |
636 | { |
637 | if ( !wxWindowBase::Show(show) ) | |
08158721 | 638 | return false; |
42e69d6b VZ |
639 | |
640 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); | |
42e69d6b | 641 | |
a068160f VZ |
642 | // we could be called before the underlying window is created (this is |
643 | // actually useful to prevent it from being initially shown), e.g. | |
644 | // | |
645 | // wxFoo *foo = new wxFoo; | |
646 | // foo->Hide(); | |
647 | // foo->Create(parent, ...); | |
648 | // | |
649 | // should work without errors | |
650 | if ( hWnd ) | |
42e69d6b | 651 | { |
a068160f | 652 | ::ShowWindow(hWnd, show ? SW_SHOW : SW_HIDE); |
42e69d6b VZ |
653 | } |
654 | ||
89267fe5 VS |
655 | if ( IsFrozen() ) |
656 | { | |
657 | // DoFreeze/DoThaw don't do anything if the window is not shown, so | |
658 | // we have to call them from here now | |
659 | if ( show ) | |
660 | DoFreeze(); | |
661 | else | |
662 | DoThaw(); | |
663 | } | |
664 | ||
08158721 | 665 | return true; |
42e69d6b VZ |
666 | } |
667 | ||
376d7d97 VZ |
668 | bool |
669 | wxWindowMSW::MSWShowWithEffect(bool show, | |
670 | wxShowEffect effect, | |
eed04c99 | 671 | unsigned timeout) |
376d7d97 | 672 | { |
3ae670cd | 673 | #if wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS |
ffa50e73 VZ |
674 | if ( effect == wxSHOW_EFFECT_NONE ) |
675 | return Show(show); | |
676 | ||
30443550 VS |
677 | if ( !wxWindowBase::Show(show) ) |
678 | return false; | |
679 | ||
376d7d97 VZ |
680 | typedef BOOL (WINAPI *AnimateWindow_t)(HWND, DWORD, DWORD); |
681 | ||
682 | static AnimateWindow_t s_pfnAnimateWindow = NULL; | |
683 | static bool s_initDone = false; | |
684 | if ( !s_initDone ) | |
685 | { | |
9a83f860 | 686 | wxDynamicLibrary dllUser32(wxT("user32.dll"), wxDL_VERBATIM | wxDL_QUIET); |
376d7d97 VZ |
687 | wxDL_INIT_FUNC(s_pfn, AnimateWindow, dllUser32); |
688 | ||
689 | s_initDone = true; | |
690 | ||
691 | // notice that it's ok to unload user32.dll here as it won't be really | |
692 | // unloaded, being still in use because we link to it statically too | |
693 | } | |
694 | ||
695 | if ( !s_pfnAnimateWindow ) | |
696 | return Show(show); | |
697 | ||
7157abfb VZ |
698 | // Show() has a side effect of sending a WM_SIZE to the window, which helps |
699 | // ensuring that it's laid out correctly, but AnimateWindow() doesn't do | |
700 | // this so send the event ourselves | |
701 | SendSizeEvent(); | |
702 | ||
376d7d97 VZ |
703 | // prepare to use AnimateWindow() |
704 | ||
705 | if ( !timeout ) | |
706 | timeout = 200; // this is the default animation timeout, per MSDN | |
707 | ||
708 | DWORD dwFlags = show ? 0 : AW_HIDE; | |
eed04c99 | 709 | |
376d7d97 VZ |
710 | switch ( effect ) |
711 | { | |
eed04c99 VS |
712 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_ROLL_TO_LEFT: |
713 | dwFlags |= AW_HOR_NEGATIVE; | |
714 | break; | |
715 | ||
716 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_ROLL_TO_RIGHT: | |
717 | dwFlags |= AW_HOR_POSITIVE; | |
718 | break; | |
719 | ||
720 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_ROLL_TO_TOP: | |
721 | dwFlags |= AW_VER_NEGATIVE; | |
722 | break; | |
723 | ||
724 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_ROLL_TO_BOTTOM: | |
725 | dwFlags |= AW_VER_POSITIVE; | |
726 | break; | |
727 | ||
728 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_LEFT: | |
729 | dwFlags |= AW_SLIDE | AW_HOR_NEGATIVE; | |
730 | break; | |
731 | ||
732 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_RIGHT: | |
733 | dwFlags |= AW_SLIDE | AW_HOR_POSITIVE; | |
734 | break; | |
735 | ||
736 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_TOP: | |
737 | dwFlags |= AW_SLIDE | AW_VER_NEGATIVE; | |
376d7d97 VZ |
738 | break; |
739 | ||
eed04c99 VS |
740 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_BOTTOM: |
741 | dwFlags |= AW_SLIDE | AW_VER_POSITIVE; | |
376d7d97 VZ |
742 | break; |
743 | ||
744 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_BLEND: | |
745 | dwFlags |= AW_BLEND; | |
746 | break; | |
747 | ||
748 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_EXPAND: | |
749 | dwFlags |= AW_CENTER; | |
750 | break; | |
751 | ||
752 | ||
753 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_MAX: | |
9a83f860 | 754 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("invalid window show effect") ); |
376d7d97 VZ |
755 | return false; |
756 | ||
757 | default: | |
9a83f860 | 758 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unknown window show effect") ); |
376d7d97 VZ |
759 | return false; |
760 | } | |
761 | ||
376d7d97 VZ |
762 | if ( !(*s_pfnAnimateWindow)(GetHwnd(), timeout, dwFlags) ) |
763 | { | |
9a83f860 | 764 | wxLogLastError(wxT("AnimateWindow")); |
376d7d97 VZ |
765 | |
766 | return false; | |
767 | } | |
768 | ||
769 | return true; | |
3ae670cd VZ |
770 | #else // wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS |
771 | return Show(show); | |
772 | #endif | |
376d7d97 VZ |
773 | } |
774 | ||
42e69d6b | 775 | // Raise the window to the top of the Z order |
1e6feb95 | 776 | void wxWindowMSW::Raise() |
42e69d6b | 777 | { |
c48926e1 | 778 | wxBringWindowToTop(GetHwnd()); |
42e69d6b VZ |
779 | } |
780 | ||
781 | // Lower the window to the bottom of the Z order | |
1e6feb95 | 782 | void wxWindowMSW::Lower() |
42e69d6b VZ |
783 | { |
784 | ::SetWindowPos(GetHwnd(), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, | |
785 | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); | |
786 | } | |
787 | ||
94633ad9 | 788 | void wxWindowMSW::DoCaptureMouse() |
2bda0e17 | 789 | { |
a23fd0e1 | 790 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
1e6feb95 | 791 | if ( hWnd ) |
2d0a075d | 792 | { |
1e6feb95 | 793 | ::SetCapture(hWnd); |
2d0a075d | 794 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
795 | } |
796 | ||
94633ad9 | 797 | void wxWindowMSW::DoReleaseMouse() |
2bda0e17 | 798 | { |
1e6feb95 | 799 | if ( !::ReleaseCapture() ) |
2d0a075d | 800 | { |
9a83f860 | 801 | wxLogLastError(wxT("ReleaseCapture")); |
2d0a075d | 802 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
803 | } |
804 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
805 | /* static */ wxWindow *wxWindowBase::GetCapture() |
806 | { | |
807 | HWND hwnd = ::GetCapture(); | |
dca0f651 | 808 | return hwnd ? wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd) : NULL; |
1e6feb95 VZ |
809 | } |
810 | ||
811 | bool wxWindowMSW::SetFont(const wxFont& font) | |
2bda0e17 | 812 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
813 | if ( !wxWindowBase::SetFont(font) ) |
814 | { | |
815 | // nothing to do | |
08158721 | 816 | return false; |
2d0a075d | 817 | } |
195896c7 | 818 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
819 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
820 | if ( hWnd != 0 ) | |
821 | { | |
d8df8893 VZ |
822 | // note the use of GetFont() instead of m_font: our own font could have |
823 | // just been reset and in this case we need to change the font used by | |
824 | // the native window to the default for this class, i.e. exactly what | |
825 | // GetFont() returns | |
826 | WXHANDLE hFont = GetFont().GetResourceHandle(); | |
2bda0e17 | 827 | |
223d09f6 | 828 | wxASSERT_MSG( hFont, wxT("should have valid font") ); |
3a19e16d | 829 | |
c50f1fb9 | 830 | ::SendMessage(hWnd, WM_SETFONT, (WPARAM)hFont, MAKELPARAM(TRUE, 0)); |
42e69d6b | 831 | } |
2bda0e17 | 832 | |
08158721 | 833 | return true; |
42e69d6b | 834 | } |
fd2eccd1 | 835 | |
1e6feb95 | 836 | bool wxWindowMSW::SetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor) |
2bda0e17 | 837 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
838 | if ( !wxWindowBase::SetCursor(cursor) ) |
839 | { | |
840 | // no change | |
08158721 | 841 | return false; |
42e69d6b VZ |
842 | } |
843 | ||
8e75dca8 | 844 | // don't "overwrite" busy cursor |
fd2eccd1 VZ |
845 | if ( wxIsBusy() ) |
846 | return true; | |
847 | ||
848 | if ( m_cursor.IsOk() ) | |
8a9c2246 | 849 | { |
a8b2285e VZ |
850 | // normally we should change the cursor only if it's over this window |
851 | // but we should do it always if we capture the mouse currently | |
852 | bool set = HasCapture(); | |
853 | if ( !set ) | |
854 | { | |
855 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); | |
856 | ||
857 | POINT point; | |
d6c37f5b | 858 | ::wxGetCursorPosMSW(&point); |
a8b2285e VZ |
859 | |
860 | RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(hWnd); | |
861 | ||
862 | set = ::PtInRect(&rect, point) != 0; | |
863 | } | |
864 | ||
865 | if ( set ) | |
866 | { | |
867 | ::SetCursor(GetHcursorOf(m_cursor)); | |
868 | } | |
869 | //else: will be set later when the mouse enters this window | |
8a9c2246 | 870 | } |
fd2eccd1 VZ |
871 | else // Invalid cursor: this means reset to the default one. |
872 | { | |
873 | // To revert to the correct cursor we need to find the window currently | |
874 | // under the cursor and ask it to set its cursor itself as only it | |
875 | // knows what it is. | |
876 | POINT pt; | |
d6c37f5b | 877 | wxGetCursorPosMSW(&pt); |
fd2eccd1 | 878 | |
1df57a24 | 879 | const wxWindowMSW* win = wxFindWindowAtPoint(wxPoint(pt.x, pt.y)); |
fd2eccd1 VZ |
880 | if ( !win ) |
881 | win = this; | |
882 | ||
883 | ::SendMessage(GetHwndOf(win), WM_SETCURSOR, | |
884 | (WPARAM)GetHwndOf(win), | |
885 | MAKELPARAM(HTCLIENT, WM_MOUSEMOVE)); | |
886 | } | |
3a19e16d | 887 | |
08158721 | 888 | return true; |
3a19e16d VZ |
889 | } |
890 | ||
d7e0024b | 891 | void wxWindowMSW::WarpPointer(int x, int y) |
2bda0e17 | 892 | { |
1e6feb95 | 893 | ClientToScreen(&x, &y); |
42e69d6b | 894 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
895 | if ( !::SetCursorPos(x, y) ) |
896 | { | |
9a83f860 | 897 | wxLogLastError(wxT("SetCursorPos")); |
1e6feb95 | 898 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
899 | } |
900 | ||
1ca78aa1 | 901 | void wxWindowMSW::MSWUpdateUIState(int action, int state) |
d7e0024b | 902 | { |
1ca78aa1 | 903 | // WM_CHANGEUISTATE only appeared in Windows 2000 so it can do us no good |
d7e0024b VZ |
904 | // to use it on older systems -- and could possibly do some harm |
905 | static int s_needToUpdate = -1; | |
906 | if ( s_needToUpdate == -1 ) | |
907 | { | |
908 | int verMaj, verMin; | |
406d283a | 909 | s_needToUpdate = wxGetOsVersion(&verMaj, &verMin) == wxOS_WINDOWS_NT && |
d7e0024b VZ |
910 | verMaj >= 5; |
911 | } | |
912 | ||
913 | if ( s_needToUpdate ) | |
914 | { | |
1ca78aa1 JS |
915 | // we send WM_CHANGEUISTATE so if nothing needs changing then the system |
916 | // won't send WM_UPDATEUISTATE | |
917 | ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_CHANGEUISTATE, MAKEWPARAM(action, state), 0); | |
d7e0024b VZ |
918 | } |
919 | } | |
920 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
921 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
922 | // scrolling stuff | |
923 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2d0a075d | 924 | |
1ddb6d28 VZ |
925 | namespace |
926 | { | |
927 | ||
9cd6d737 VZ |
928 | inline int GetScrollPosition(HWND hWnd, int wOrient) |
929 | { | |
930 | #ifdef __WXMICROWIN__ | |
931 | return ::GetScrollPosWX(hWnd, wOrient); | |
932 | #else | |
f676b387 | 933 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo; |
4676948b | 934 | scrollInfo.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO); |
7f0586ef | 935 | scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_POS; |
e795e8b5 | 936 | ::GetScrollInfo(hWnd, wOrient, &scrollInfo ); |
a71d815b | 937 | |
7f0586ef | 938 | return scrollInfo.nPos; |
e795e8b5 | 939 | |
9cd6d737 VZ |
940 | #endif |
941 | } | |
942 | ||
1ddb6d28 VZ |
943 | inline UINT WXOrientToSB(int orient) |
944 | { | |
945 | return orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT; | |
946 | } | |
947 | ||
948 | } // anonymous namespace | |
949 | ||
1e6feb95 | 950 | int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollPos(int orient) const |
2bda0e17 | 951 | { |
42e69d6b | 952 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
9a83f860 | 953 | wxCHECK_MSG( hWnd, 0, wxT("no HWND in GetScrollPos") ); |
9cd6d737 | 954 | |
1ddb6d28 | 955 | return GetScrollPosition(hWnd, WXOrientToSB(orient)); |
42e69d6b | 956 | } |
2bda0e17 | 957 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
958 | // This now returns the whole range, not just the number |
959 | // of positions that we can scroll. | |
1e6feb95 | 960 | int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollRange(int orient) const |
42e69d6b | 961 | { |
7f0586ef | 962 | int maxPos; |
a23fd0e1 | 963 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
0cf5de11 | 964 | if ( !hWnd ) |
42e69d6b | 965 | return 0; |
f676b387 | 966 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo; |
7f0586ef | 967 | scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_RANGE; |
1ddb6d28 | 968 | if ( !::GetScrollInfo(hWnd, WXOrientToSB(orient), &scrollInfo) ) |
7f0586ef | 969 | { |
f676b387 RD |
970 | // Most of the time this is not really an error, since the return |
971 | // value can also be zero when there is no scrollbar yet. | |
9a83f860 | 972 | // wxLogLastError(wxT("GetScrollInfo")); |
7f0586ef JS |
973 | } |
974 | maxPos = scrollInfo.nMax; | |
0cf5de11 VZ |
975 | |
976 | // undo "range - 1" done in SetScrollbar() | |
977 | return maxPos + 1; | |
cc2b7472 | 978 | } |
2bda0e17 | 979 | |
1e6feb95 | 980 | int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollThumb(int orient) const |
2bda0e17 | 981 | { |
0cf5de11 | 982 | return orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? m_xThumbSize : m_yThumbSize; |
2bda0e17 KB |
983 | } |
984 | ||
1e6feb95 | 985 | void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollPos(int orient, int pos, bool refresh) |
2bda0e17 | 986 | { |
5f3286d1 | 987 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
9a83f860 | 988 | wxCHECK_RET( hWnd, wxT("SetScrollPos: no HWND") ); |
72fd19a1 | 989 | |
0cf5de11 | 990 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> info; |
42e69d6b VZ |
991 | info.nPage = 0; |
992 | info.nMin = 0; | |
993 | info.nPos = pos; | |
994 | info.fMask = SIF_POS; | |
a647d42a VZ |
995 | if ( HasFlag(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) ) |
996 | { | |
997 | // disable scrollbar instead of removing it then | |
998 | info.fMask |= SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL; | |
999 | } | |
2d0a075d | 1000 | |
1ddb6d28 | 1001 | ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, WXOrientToSB(orient), &info, refresh); |
2bda0e17 KB |
1002 | } |
1003 | ||
42e69d6b | 1004 | // New function that will replace some of the above. |
0cf5de11 VZ |
1005 | void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollbar(int orient, |
1006 | int pos, | |
1007 | int pageSize, | |
1008 | int range, | |
1009 | bool refresh) | |
1010 | { | |
1ddb6d28 VZ |
1011 | // We have to set the variables here to make them valid in events |
1012 | // triggered by ::SetScrollInfo() | |
1013 | *(orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? &m_xThumbSize : &m_yThumbSize) = pageSize; | |
1014 | ||
1015 | HWND hwnd = GetHwnd(); | |
1016 | if ( !hwnd ) | |
1017 | return; | |
1018 | ||
0cf5de11 | 1019 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> info; |
1ddb6d28 VZ |
1020 | if ( range != -1 ) |
1021 | { | |
1022 | info.nPage = pageSize; | |
1023 | info.nMin = 0; // range is nMax - nMin + 1 | |
1024 | info.nMax = range - 1; // as both nMax and nMax are inclusive | |
1025 | info.nPos = pos; | |
1026 | ||
f074df34 VZ |
1027 | // We normally also reenable scrollbar in case it had been previously |
1028 | // disabled by specifying SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL below but we should only | |
1029 | // do this if it has valid range, otherwise it would be enabled but not | |
1030 | // do anything. | |
1031 | if ( range >= pageSize ) | |
1032 | { | |
1033 | ::EnableScrollBar(hwnd, WXOrientToSB(orient), ESB_ENABLE_BOTH); | |
1034 | } | |
1ddb6d28 VZ |
1035 | } |
1036 | //else: leave all the fields to be 0 | |
1037 | ||
42e69d6b | 1038 | info.fMask = SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS; |
1ddb6d28 | 1039 | if ( HasFlag(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) || range == -1 ) |
a647d42a VZ |
1040 | { |
1041 | // disable scrollbar instead of removing it then | |
1042 | info.fMask |= SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL; | |
1043 | } | |
2bda0e17 | 1044 | |
1ddb6d28 | 1045 | ::SetScrollInfo(hwnd, WXOrientToSB(orient), &info, refresh); |
81d66cf3 JS |
1046 | } |
1047 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1048 | void wxWindowMSW::ScrollWindow(int dx, int dy, const wxRect *prect) |
2bda0e17 | 1049 | { |
574c939e KB |
1050 | RECT rect; |
1051 | RECT *pr; | |
1e6feb95 | 1052 | if ( prect ) |
2d0a075d | 1053 | { |
f9c980f6 | 1054 | wxCopyRectToRECT(*prect, rect); |
f797e53d VZ |
1055 | pr = ▭ |
1056 | } | |
1057 | else | |
1058 | { | |
1059 | pr = NULL; | |
304b8bc1 | 1060 | |
2d0a075d | 1061 | } |
2bda0e17 | 1062 | |
7f0586ef JS |
1063 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1064 | // FIXME: is this the exact equivalent of the line below? | |
304b8bc1 | 1065 | ::ScrollWindowEx(GetHwnd(), dx, dy, pr, pr, 0, 0, SW_SCROLLCHILDREN|SW_ERASE|SW_INVALIDATE); |
7f0586ef | 1066 | #else |
f797e53d | 1067 | ::ScrollWindow(GetHwnd(), dx, dy, pr, pr); |
7f0586ef | 1068 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
1069 | } |
1070 | ||
9cd6d737 | 1071 | static bool ScrollVertically(HWND hwnd, int kind, int count) |
b9b3393e | 1072 | { |
9cd6d737 VZ |
1073 | int posStart = GetScrollPosition(hwnd, SB_VERT); |
1074 | ||
1075 | int pos = posStart; | |
c0cdd6cc VZ |
1076 | for ( int n = 0; n < count; n++ ) |
1077 | { | |
1078 | ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_VSCROLL, kind, 0); | |
9cd6d737 VZ |
1079 | |
1080 | int posNew = GetScrollPosition(hwnd, SB_VERT); | |
1081 | if ( posNew == pos ) | |
1082 | { | |
1083 | // don't bother to continue, we're already at top/bottom | |
1084 | break; | |
1085 | } | |
1086 | ||
1087 | pos = posNew; | |
c0cdd6cc | 1088 | } |
9cd6d737 VZ |
1089 | |
1090 | return pos != posStart; | |
b9b3393e VZ |
1091 | } |
1092 | ||
9cd6d737 | 1093 | bool wxWindowMSW::ScrollLines(int lines) |
b9b3393e VZ |
1094 | { |
1095 | bool down = lines > 0; | |
1096 | ||
9cd6d737 VZ |
1097 | return ScrollVertically(GetHwnd(), |
1098 | down ? SB_LINEDOWN : SB_LINEUP, | |
1099 | down ? lines : -lines); | |
b9b3393e VZ |
1100 | } |
1101 | ||
9cd6d737 | 1102 | bool wxWindowMSW::ScrollPages(int pages) |
b9b3393e VZ |
1103 | { |
1104 | bool down = pages > 0; | |
1105 | ||
9cd6d737 VZ |
1106 | return ScrollVertically(GetHwnd(), |
1107 | down ? SB_PAGEDOWN : SB_PAGEUP, | |
1108 | down ? pages : -pages); | |
b9b3393e VZ |
1109 | } |
1110 | ||
978af864 VZ |
1111 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1112 | // RTL support | |
1113 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1114 | ||
1115 | void wxWindowMSW::SetLayoutDirection(wxLayoutDirection dir) | |
1116 | { | |
08a58133 WS |
1117 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1118 | wxUnusedVar(dir); | |
1119 | #else | |
d66d0500 | 1120 | wxCHECK_RET( GetHwnd(), |
9a83f860 | 1121 | wxT("layout direction must be set after window creation") ); |
978af864 | 1122 | |
d66d0500 | 1123 | LONG styleOld = wxGetWindowExStyle(this); |
978af864 VZ |
1124 | |
1125 | LONG styleNew = styleOld; | |
1126 | switch ( dir ) | |
1127 | { | |
1128 | case wxLayout_LeftToRight: | |
1129 | styleNew &= ~WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL; | |
1130 | break; | |
1131 | ||
1132 | case wxLayout_RightToLeft: | |
1133 | styleNew |= WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL; | |
1134 | break; | |
1135 | ||
1136 | default: | |
9a83f860 | 1137 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("unsupported layout direction")); |
978af864 VZ |
1138 | break; |
1139 | } | |
1140 | ||
1141 | if ( styleNew != styleOld ) | |
1142 | { | |
d66d0500 | 1143 | wxSetWindowExStyle(this, styleNew); |
978af864 | 1144 | } |
08a58133 | 1145 | #endif |
978af864 VZ |
1146 | } |
1147 | ||
1148 | wxLayoutDirection wxWindowMSW::GetLayoutDirection() const | |
1149 | { | |
08a58133 WS |
1150 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1151 | return wxLayout_Default; | |
1152 | #else | |
9a83f860 | 1153 | wxCHECK_MSG( GetHwnd(), wxLayout_Default, wxT("invalid window") ); |
978af864 | 1154 | |
d66d0500 VZ |
1155 | return wxHasWindowExStyle(this, WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL) ? wxLayout_RightToLeft |
1156 | : wxLayout_LeftToRight; | |
08a58133 | 1157 | #endif |
978af864 VZ |
1158 | } |
1159 | ||
1160 | wxCoord | |
1161 | wxWindowMSW::AdjustForLayoutDirection(wxCoord x, | |
1162 | wxCoord WXUNUSED(width), | |
1163 | wxCoord WXUNUSED(widthTotal)) const | |
1164 | { | |
1165 | // Win32 mirrors the coordinates of RTL windows automatically, so don't | |
1166 | // redo it ourselves | |
1167 | return x; | |
1168 | } | |
1169 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
1170 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1171 | // subclassing | |
1172 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1173 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1174 | void wxWindowMSW::SubclassWin(WXHWND hWnd) |
2bda0e17 | 1175 | { |
223d09f6 | 1176 | wxASSERT_MSG( !m_oldWndProc, wxT("subclassing window twice?") ); |
2bda0e17 | 1177 | |
c50f1fb9 | 1178 | HWND hwnd = (HWND)hWnd; |
223d09f6 | 1179 | wxCHECK_RET( ::IsWindow(hwnd), wxT("invalid HWND in SubclassWin") ); |
c50f1fb9 | 1180 | |
e322e3b6 VZ |
1181 | SetHWND(hWnd); |
1182 | ||
c50f1fb9 | 1183 | wxAssociateWinWithHandle(hwnd, this); |
2bda0e17 | 1184 | |
975b6bcf | 1185 | m_oldWndProc = (WXFARPROC)wxGetWindowProc((HWND)hWnd); |
b2d5a7ee | 1186 | |
b225f659 VZ |
1187 | // we don't need to subclass the window of our own class (in the Windows |
1188 | // sense of the word) | |
3a3c8603 | 1189 | if ( !wxCheckWindowWndProc(hWnd, (WXFARPROC)wxWndProc) ) |
b225f659 | 1190 | { |
975b6bcf | 1191 | wxSetWindowProc(hwnd, wxWndProc); |
b225f659 VZ |
1192 | } |
1193 | else | |
1194 | { | |
90e572f1 | 1195 | // don't bother restoring it either: this also makes it easy to |
08158721 | 1196 | // implement IsOfStandardClass() method which returns true for the |
77ffb593 | 1197 | // standard controls and false for the wxWidgets own windows as it can |
5a403e3f | 1198 | // simply check m_oldWndProc |
b225f659 VZ |
1199 | m_oldWndProc = NULL; |
1200 | } | |
e7c652bc VZ |
1201 | |
1202 | // we're officially created now, send the event | |
1203 | wxWindowCreateEvent event((wxWindow *)this); | |
937013e0 | 1204 | (void)HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
1205 | } |
1206 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1207 | void wxWindowMSW::UnsubclassWin() |
2bda0e17 | 1208 | { |
42e69d6b | 1209 | wxRemoveHandleAssociation(this); |
2bda0e17 | 1210 | |
42e69d6b | 1211 | // Restore old Window proc |
c50f1fb9 VZ |
1212 | HWND hwnd = GetHwnd(); |
1213 | if ( hwnd ) | |
42e69d6b | 1214 | { |
ed4780ea | 1215 | SetHWND(0); |
c50f1fb9 | 1216 | |
223d09f6 | 1217 | wxCHECK_RET( ::IsWindow(hwnd), wxT("invalid HWND in UnsubclassWin") ); |
c50f1fb9 | 1218 | |
b225f659 | 1219 | if ( m_oldWndProc ) |
42e69d6b | 1220 | { |
eb5e4d9a | 1221 | if ( !wxCheckWindowWndProc((WXHWND)hwnd, m_oldWndProc) ) |
b225f659 | 1222 | { |
975b6bcf | 1223 | wxSetWindowProc(hwnd, (WNDPROC)m_oldWndProc); |
b225f659 VZ |
1224 | } |
1225 | ||
1226 | m_oldWndProc = NULL; | |
42e69d6b | 1227 | } |
42e69d6b | 1228 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
1229 | } |
1230 | ||
a4d1972d | 1231 | void wxWindowMSW::AssociateHandle(WXWidget handle) |
ed4780ea VZ |
1232 | { |
1233 | if ( m_hWnd ) | |
1234 | { | |
1235 | if ( !::DestroyWindow(GetHwnd()) ) | |
43b2d5e7 | 1236 | { |
ed4780ea | 1237 | wxLogLastError(wxT("DestroyWindow")); |
43b2d5e7 | 1238 | } |
ed4780ea | 1239 | } |
a4d1972d | 1240 | |
ed4780ea VZ |
1241 | WXHWND wxhwnd = (WXHWND)handle; |
1242 | ||
e322e3b6 | 1243 | // this also calls SetHWND(wxhwnd) |
ed4780ea VZ |
1244 | SubclassWin(wxhwnd); |
1245 | } | |
1246 | ||
1247 | void wxWindowMSW::DissociateHandle() | |
a4d1972d | 1248 | { |
ed4780ea | 1249 | // this also calls SetHWND(0) for us |
a4d1972d | 1250 | UnsubclassWin(); |
ed4780ea VZ |
1251 | } |
1252 | ||
1253 | ||
0c0d1521 | 1254 | bool wxCheckWindowWndProc(WXHWND hWnd, |
11f104e5 | 1255 | WXFARPROC WXUNUSED(wndProc)) |
eb5e4d9a | 1256 | { |
d9698bd4 VZ |
1257 | const wxString str(wxGetWindowClass(hWnd)); |
1258 | ||
1259 | // TODO: get rid of wxTLWHiddenParent special case (currently it's not | |
1260 | // registered by wxApp but using ad hoc code in msw/toplevel.cpp); | |
1261 | // there is also a hidden window class used by sockets &c | |
9a83f860 | 1262 | return wxApp::IsRegisteredClassName(str) || str == wxT("wxTLWHiddenParent"); |
eb5e4d9a VS |
1263 | } |
1264 | ||
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1265 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1266 | // Style handling | |
1267 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1268 | ||
1269 | void wxWindowMSW::SetWindowStyleFlag(long flags) | |
1270 | { | |
1271 | long flagsOld = GetWindowStyleFlag(); | |
1272 | if ( flags == flagsOld ) | |
1273 | return; | |
1274 | ||
1275 | // update the internal variable | |
1276 | wxWindowBase::SetWindowStyleFlag(flags); | |
1277 | ||
7bd6bf45 VZ |
1278 | // and the real window flags |
1279 | MSWUpdateStyle(flagsOld, GetExtraStyle()); | |
1280 | } | |
1281 | ||
1282 | void wxWindowMSW::SetExtraStyle(long exflags) | |
1283 | { | |
1284 | long exflagsOld = GetExtraStyle(); | |
1285 | if ( exflags == exflagsOld ) | |
1286 | return; | |
1287 | ||
1288 | // update the internal variable | |
1289 | wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflags); | |
1290 | ||
1291 | // and the real window flags | |
1292 | MSWUpdateStyle(GetWindowStyleFlag(), exflagsOld); | |
1293 | } | |
1294 | ||
1295 | void wxWindowMSW::MSWUpdateStyle(long flagsOld, long exflagsOld) | |
1296 | { | |
5b2f31eb VZ |
1297 | // now update the Windows style as well if needed - and if the window had |
1298 | // been already created | |
1299 | if ( !GetHwnd() ) | |
1300 | return; | |
1301 | ||
9ce75461 VZ |
1302 | // we may need to call SetWindowPos() when we change some styles |
1303 | bool callSWP = false; | |
1304 | ||
7bd6bf45 VZ |
1305 | WXDWORD exstyle; |
1306 | long style = MSWGetStyle(GetWindowStyleFlag(), &exstyle); | |
1307 | ||
1308 | // this is quite a horrible hack but we need it because MSWGetStyle() | |
1309 | // doesn't take exflags as parameter but uses GetExtraStyle() internally | |
1310 | // and so we have to modify the window exflags temporarily to get the | |
1311 | // correct exstyleOld | |
1312 | long exflagsNew = GetExtraStyle(); | |
1313 | wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflagsOld); | |
1314 | ||
1315 | WXDWORD exstyleOld; | |
1316 | long styleOld = MSWGetStyle(flagsOld, &exstyleOld); | |
1317 | ||
1318 | wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflagsNew); | |
1319 | ||
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1320 | |
1321 | if ( style != styleOld ) | |
1322 | { | |
1323 | // some flags (e.g. WS_VISIBLE or WS_DISABLED) should not be changed by | |
1324 | // this function so instead of simply setting the style to the new | |
1325 | // value we clear the bits which were set in styleOld but are set in | |
1326 | // the new one and set the ones which were not set before | |
1327 | long styleReal = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE); | |
1328 | styleReal &= ~styleOld; | |
1329 | styleReal |= style; | |
1330 | ||
1331 | ::SetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE, styleReal); | |
9ce75461 | 1332 | |
7bd6bf45 VZ |
1333 | // we need to call SetWindowPos() if any of the styles affecting the |
1334 | // frame appearance have changed | |
9ce75461 VZ |
1335 | callSWP = ((styleOld ^ style ) & (WS_BORDER | |
1336 | WS_THICKFRAME | | |
1337 | WS_CAPTION | | |
1338 | WS_DLGFRAME | | |
1339 | WS_MAXIMIZEBOX | | |
1340 | WS_MINIMIZEBOX | | |
1341 | WS_SYSMENU) ) != 0; | |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1342 | } |
1343 | ||
1344 | // and the extended style | |
d66d0500 | 1345 | long exstyleReal = wxGetWindowExStyle(this); |
9ce75461 | 1346 | |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1347 | if ( exstyle != exstyleOld ) |
1348 | { | |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1349 | exstyleReal &= ~exstyleOld; |
1350 | exstyleReal |= exstyle; | |
1351 | ||
d66d0500 | 1352 | wxSetWindowExStyle(this, exstyleReal); |
b2d5a7ee | 1353 | |
9ce75461 VZ |
1354 | // ex style changes don't take effect without calling SetWindowPos |
1355 | callSWP = true; | |
1356 | } | |
1357 | ||
1358 | if ( callSWP ) | |
1359 | { | |
85d8df29 | 1360 | // we must call SetWindowPos() to flush the cached extended style and |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1361 | // also to make the change to wxSTAY_ON_TOP style take effect: just |
1362 | // setting the style simply doesn't work | |
1363 | if ( !::SetWindowPos(GetHwnd(), | |
1364 | exstyleReal & WS_EX_TOPMOST ? HWND_TOPMOST | |
1365 | : HWND_NOTOPMOST, | |
1366 | 0, 0, 0, 0, | |
58331be2 VZ |
1367 | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE | |
1368 | SWP_FRAMECHANGED) ) | |
b2d5a7ee | 1369 | { |
9a83f860 | 1370 | wxLogLastError(wxT("SetWindowPos")); |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1371 | } |
1372 | } | |
1373 | } | |
1374 | ||
a047aff2 JS |
1375 | wxBorder wxWindowMSW::GetDefaultBorderForControl() const |
1376 | { | |
28319afe | 1377 | return wxBORDER_THEME; |
a047aff2 JS |
1378 | } |
1379 | ||
4c0d2cd3 JS |
1380 | wxBorder wxWindowMSW::GetDefaultBorder() const |
1381 | { | |
dc797d8e | 1382 | return wxWindowBase::GetDefaultBorder(); |
4c0d2cd3 JS |
1383 | } |
1384 | ||
28bf925c | 1385 | // Translate wxBORDER_THEME (and other border styles if necessary) to the value |
dc797d8e JS |
1386 | // that makes most sense for this Windows environment |
1387 | wxBorder wxWindowMSW::TranslateBorder(wxBorder border) const | |
1388 | { | |
1389 | #if defined(__POCKETPC__) || defined(__SMARTPHONE__) | |
1390 | if (border == wxBORDER_THEME || border == wxBORDER_SUNKEN || border == wxBORDER_SIMPLE) | |
1391 | return wxBORDER_SIMPLE; | |
1392 | else | |
1393 | return wxBORDER_NONE; | |
1394 | #else | |
1395 | #if wxUSE_UXTHEME | |
1396 | if (border == wxBORDER_THEME) | |
1397 | { | |
1398 | if (CanApplyThemeBorder()) | |
1399 | { | |
1400 | wxUxThemeEngine* theme = wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive(); | |
1401 | if (theme) | |
1402 | return wxBORDER_THEME; | |
1403 | } | |
28bf925c | 1404 | return wxBORDER_SUNKEN; |
dc797d8e JS |
1405 | } |
1406 | #endif | |
1407 | return border; | |
1408 | #endif | |
dc797d8e JS |
1409 | } |
1410 | ||
1411 | ||
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1412 | WXDWORD wxWindowMSW::MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle) const |
1413 | { | |
77ffb593 | 1414 | // translate common wxWidgets styles to Windows ones |
af495479 VZ |
1415 | |
1416 | // most of windows are child ones, those which are not (such as | |
1417 | // wxTopLevelWindow) should remove WS_CHILD in their MSWGetStyle() | |
1418 | WXDWORD style = WS_CHILD; | |
b2d5a7ee | 1419 | |
9b6ae450 VZ |
1420 | // using this flag results in very significant reduction in flicker, |
1421 | // especially with controls inside the static boxes (as the interior of the | |
90e572f1 | 1422 | // box is not redrawn twice), but sometimes results in redraw problems, so |
c7e1d004 VZ |
1423 | // optionally allow the old code to continue to use it provided a special |
1424 | // system option is turned on | |
1425 | if ( !wxSystemOptions::GetOptionInt(wxT("msw.window.no-clip-children")) | |
1426 | || (flags & wxCLIP_CHILDREN) ) | |
c6430ed0 | 1427 | style |= WS_CLIPCHILDREN; |
9b6ae450 VZ |
1428 | |
1429 | // it doesn't seem useful to use WS_CLIPSIBLINGS here as we officially | |
1430 | // don't support overlapping windows and it only makes sense for them and, | |
1431 | // presumably, gives the system some extra work (to manage more clipping | |
1432 | // regions), so avoid it alltogether | |
b2d5a7ee | 1433 | |
b2d5a7ee | 1434 | |
f9007c32 JS |
1435 | if ( flags & wxVSCROLL ) |
1436 | style |= WS_VSCROLL; | |
1437 | ||
1438 | if ( flags & wxHSCROLL ) | |
1439 | style |= WS_HSCROLL; | |
1440 | ||
dc797d8e JS |
1441 | const wxBorder border = TranslateBorder(GetBorder(flags)); |
1442 | ||
1443 | // After translation, border is now optimized for the specific version of Windows | |
1444 | // and theme engine presence. | |
577baeef | 1445 | |
65bc172c VZ |
1446 | // WS_BORDER is only required for wxBORDER_SIMPLE |
1447 | if ( border == wxBORDER_SIMPLE ) | |
b2d5a7ee | 1448 | style |= WS_BORDER; |
577baeef | 1449 | |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1450 | // now deal with ext style if the caller wants it |
1451 | if ( exstyle ) | |
1452 | { | |
1453 | *exstyle = 0; | |
1454 | ||
7f0586ef | 1455 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1456 | if ( flags & wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW ) |
1457 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_TRANSPARENT; | |
7f0586ef | 1458 | #endif |
b2d5a7ee | 1459 | |
fe3d9123 | 1460 | switch ( border ) |
b2d5a7ee | 1461 | { |
78cd9c69 JS |
1462 | default: |
1463 | case wxBORDER_DEFAULT: | |
9a83f860 | 1464 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unknown border style") ); |
78cd9c69 | 1465 | // fall through |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1466 | |
1467 | case wxBORDER_NONE: | |
1468 | case wxBORDER_SIMPLE: | |
78cd9c69 | 1469 | case wxBORDER_THEME: |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1470 | break; |
1471 | ||
1472 | case wxBORDER_STATIC: | |
1473 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_STATICEDGE; | |
1474 | break; | |
1475 | ||
1476 | case wxBORDER_RAISED: | |
7699361c | 1477 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME; |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1478 | break; |
1479 | ||
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1480 | case wxBORDER_SUNKEN: |
1481 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE; | |
fe3d9123 | 1482 | style &= ~WS_BORDER; |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1483 | break; |
1484 | ||
78cd9c69 JS |
1485 | // case wxBORDER_DOUBLE: |
1486 | // *exstyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME; | |
1487 | // break; | |
b2d5a7ee | 1488 | } |
d515c32d | 1489 | |
09168de7 | 1490 | // wxUniv doesn't use Windows dialog navigation functions at all |
7f0586ef | 1491 | #if !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
5b9c12e1 | 1492 | // to make the dialog navigation work with the nested panels we must |
09168de7 VZ |
1493 | // use this style (top level windows such as dialogs don't need it) |
1494 | if ( (flags & wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) && !IsTopLevel() ) | |
d515c32d VZ |
1495 | { |
1496 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT; | |
1497 | } | |
09168de7 | 1498 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1499 | } |
1500 | ||
1501 | return style; | |
1502 | } | |
eb5e4d9a | 1503 | |
42e69d6b | 1504 | // Setup background and foreground colours correctly |
1e6feb95 | 1505 | void wxWindowMSW::SetupColours() |
42e69d6b VZ |
1506 | { |
1507 | if ( GetParent() ) | |
1508 | SetBackgroundColour(GetParent()->GetBackgroundColour()); | |
1509 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1510 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
1511 | bool wxWindowMSW::IsMouseInWindow() const |
1512 | { | |
1513 | // get the mouse position | |
1514 | POINT pt; | |
d6c37f5b | 1515 | wxGetCursorPosMSW(&pt); |
1e6feb95 VZ |
1516 | |
1517 | // find the window which currently has the cursor and go up the window | |
1518 | // chain until we find this window - or exhaust it | |
1519 | HWND hwnd = ::WindowFromPoint(pt); | |
1520 | while ( hwnd && (hwnd != GetHwnd()) ) | |
1521 | hwnd = ::GetParent(hwnd); | |
1522 | ||
1523 | return hwnd != NULL; | |
1524 | } | |
1525 | ||
e39af974 | 1526 | void wxWindowMSW::OnInternalIdle() |
42e69d6b | 1527 | { |
4e5c6c33 | 1528 | #ifndef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
42e69d6b VZ |
1529 | // Check if we need to send a LEAVE event |
1530 | if ( m_mouseInWindow ) | |
2d0a075d | 1531 | { |
ee74faf9 VZ |
1532 | // note that we should generate the leave event whether the window has |
1533 | // or doesn't have mouse capture | |
1534 | if ( !IsMouseInWindow() ) | |
42e69d6b | 1535 | { |
51e4e266 | 1536 | GenerateMouseLeave(); |
42e69d6b VZ |
1537 | } |
1538 | } | |
4e5c6c33 | 1539 | #endif // !HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
c085e333 | 1540 | |
6a50a2c4 | 1541 | wxWindowBase::OnInternalIdle(); |
42e69d6b | 1542 | } |
568cb543 | 1543 | |
42e69d6b | 1544 | // Set this window to be the child of 'parent'. |
1e6feb95 | 1545 | bool wxWindowMSW::Reparent(wxWindowBase *parent) |
42e69d6b VZ |
1546 | { |
1547 | if ( !wxWindowBase::Reparent(parent) ) | |
08158721 | 1548 | return false; |
c085e333 | 1549 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1550 | HWND hWndChild = GetHwnd(); |
1551 | HWND hWndParent = GetParent() ? GetWinHwnd(GetParent()) : (HWND)0; | |
a23fd0e1 | 1552 | |
42e69d6b | 1553 | ::SetParent(hWndChild, hWndParent); |
a23fd0e1 | 1554 | |
ee471817 | 1555 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
d66d0500 | 1556 | if ( wxHasWindowExStyle(this, WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT) ) |
ee471817 VZ |
1557 | { |
1558 | EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(GetParent()); | |
1559 | } | |
1560 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ | |
1561 | ||
08158721 | 1562 | return true; |
42e69d6b | 1563 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 1564 | |
a0e449ff VZ |
1565 | static inline void SendSetRedraw(HWND hwnd, bool on) |
1566 | { | |
c67d6888 | 1567 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
a0e449ff | 1568 | ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_SETREDRAW, (WPARAM)on, 0); |
c67d6888 | 1569 | #endif |
a0e449ff VZ |
1570 | } |
1571 | ||
17808a75 | 1572 | void wxWindowMSW::DoFreeze() |
a0e449ff | 1573 | { |
89267fe5 VS |
1574 | if ( !IsShown() ) |
1575 | return; // no point in freezing hidden window | |
1576 | ||
1577 | SendSetRedraw(GetHwnd(), false); | |
a0e449ff VZ |
1578 | } |
1579 | ||
17808a75 | 1580 | void wxWindowMSW::DoThaw() |
a0e449ff | 1581 | { |
89267fe5 VS |
1582 | if ( !IsShown() ) |
1583 | return; // hidden windows aren't frozen by DoFreeze | |
a1037371 | 1584 | |
89267fe5 VS |
1585 | SendSetRedraw(GetHwnd(), true); |
1586 | ||
1587 | // we need to refresh everything or otherwise the invalidated area | |
1588 | // is not going to be repainted | |
1589 | Refresh(); | |
a0e449ff VZ |
1590 | } |
1591 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1592 | void wxWindowMSW::Refresh(bool eraseBack, const wxRect *rect) |
42e69d6b VZ |
1593 | { |
1594 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); | |
1595 | if ( hWnd ) | |
1596 | { | |
d181e053 VZ |
1597 | RECT mswRect; |
1598 | const RECT *pRect; | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1599 | if ( rect ) |
1600 | { | |
f9c980f6 | 1601 | wxCopyRectToRECT(*rect, mswRect); |
d181e053 | 1602 | pRect = &mswRect; |
42e69d6b VZ |
1603 | } |
1604 | else | |
d181e053 VZ |
1605 | { |
1606 | pRect = NULL; | |
1607 | } | |
1608 | ||
82e3664e | 1609 | // RedrawWindow not available on SmartPhone or eVC++ 3 |
41527143 | 1610 | #if !defined(__SMARTPHONE__) && !(defined(_WIN32_WCE) && _WIN32_WCE < 400) |
d181e053 VZ |
1611 | UINT flags = RDW_INVALIDATE | RDW_ALLCHILDREN; |
1612 | if ( eraseBack ) | |
1613 | flags |= RDW_ERASE; | |
1614 | ||
1615 | ::RedrawWindow(hWnd, pRect, NULL, flags); | |
480e9098 | 1616 | #else |
16d652a5 | 1617 | ::InvalidateRect(hWnd, pRect, eraseBack); |
480e9098 | 1618 | #endif |
42e69d6b VZ |
1619 | } |
1620 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1621 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
1622 | void wxWindowMSW::Update() |
1623 | { | |
1624 | if ( !::UpdateWindow(GetHwnd()) ) | |
1625 | { | |
9a83f860 | 1626 | wxLogLastError(wxT("UpdateWindow")); |
1e6feb95 | 1627 | } |
2b5f62a0 | 1628 | |
7f0586ef | 1629 | #if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
1e6feb95 VZ |
1630 | // just calling UpdateWindow() is not enough, what we did in our WM_PAINT |
1631 | // handler needs to be really drawn right now | |
1632 | (void)::GdiFlush(); | |
1633 | #endif // __WIN32__ | |
1634 | } | |
1635 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
1636 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1637 | // drag and drop | |
1638 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
a23fd0e1 | 1639 | |
3febc967 VZ |
1640 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP || !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
1641 | ||
1642 | #if wxUSE_STATBOX | |
1643 | ||
006b8dff JG |
1644 | // we need to lower the sibling static boxes so controls contained within can be |
1645 | // a drop target | |
3febc967 | 1646 | static void AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(wxWindow *parent) |
006b8dff | 1647 | { |
deb0d191 JG |
1648 | // no sibling static boxes if we have no parent (ie TLW) |
1649 | if ( !parent ) | |
1650 | return; | |
1651 | ||
006b8dff JG |
1652 | for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = parent->GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
1653 | node; | |
1654 | node = node->GetNext() ) | |
1655 | { | |
1656 | wxStaticBox *statbox = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxStaticBox); | |
1657 | if ( statbox ) | |
1658 | { | |
1659 | ::SetWindowPos(GetHwndOf(statbox), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, | |
1660 | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); | |
1661 | } | |
1662 | } | |
1663 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1664 | |
3febc967 VZ |
1665 | #else // !wxUSE_STATBOX |
1666 | ||
1667 | static inline void AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent)) | |
1668 | { | |
1669 | } | |
1670 | ||
1671 | #endif // wxUSE_STATBOX/!wxUSE_STATBOX | |
1672 | ||
1673 | #endif // drag and drop is used | |
1674 | ||
4ce1efe1 | 1675 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
1e6feb95 | 1676 | void wxWindowMSW::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *pDropTarget) |
42e69d6b VZ |
1677 | { |
1678 | if ( m_dropTarget != 0 ) { | |
1679 | m_dropTarget->Revoke(m_hWnd); | |
1680 | delete m_dropTarget; | |
1681 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1682 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1683 | m_dropTarget = pDropTarget; |
1684 | if ( m_dropTarget != 0 ) | |
006b8dff JG |
1685 | { |
1686 | AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(GetParent()); | |
42e69d6b | 1687 | m_dropTarget->Register(m_hWnd); |
006b8dff | 1688 | } |
42e69d6b | 1689 | } |
42e69d6b | 1690 | #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
2a47d3c1 | 1691 | |
90e572f1 | 1692 | // old-style file manager drag&drop support: we retain the old-style |
42e69d6b | 1693 | // DragAcceptFiles in parallel with SetDropTarget. |
0c0d1521 | 1694 | void wxWindowMSW::DragAcceptFiles(bool WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(accept)) |
42e69d6b | 1695 | { |
0c0d1521 | 1696 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
42e69d6b VZ |
1697 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
1698 | if ( hWnd ) | |
006b8dff JG |
1699 | { |
1700 | AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(GetParent()); | |
42e69d6b | 1701 | ::DragAcceptFiles(hWnd, (BOOL)accept); |
006b8dff | 1702 | } |
7f0586ef | 1703 | #endif |
42e69d6b | 1704 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 1705 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1706 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1707 | // tooltips | |
1708 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
dbda9e86 | 1709 | |
42e69d6b | 1710 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
2d0a075d | 1711 | |
1e6feb95 | 1712 | void wxWindowMSW::DoSetToolTip(wxToolTip *tooltip) |
42e69d6b VZ |
1713 | { |
1714 | wxWindowBase::DoSetToolTip(tooltip); | |
839b865d | 1715 | |
42e69d6b | 1716 | if ( m_tooltip ) |
d4e5272b | 1717 | m_tooltip->SetWindow((wxWindow *)this); |
42e69d6b | 1718 | } |
9a05fd8d | 1719 | |
42e69d6b | 1720 | #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
9a05fd8d | 1721 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1722 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1723 | // moving and resizing | |
1724 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
839b865d | 1725 | |
f7040b5f VZ |
1726 | bool wxWindowMSW::IsSizeDeferred() const |
1727 | { | |
6bd9b9f2 | 1728 | #if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
f7040b5f VZ |
1729 | if ( m_pendingPosition != wxDefaultPosition || |
1730 | m_pendingSize != wxDefaultSize ) | |
1731 | return true; | |
6bd9b9f2 | 1732 | #endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
f7040b5f VZ |
1733 | |
1734 | return false; | |
1735 | } | |
1736 | ||
42e69d6b | 1737 | // Get total size |
1e6feb95 | 1738 | void wxWindowMSW::DoGetSize(int *x, int *y) const |
42e69d6b | 1739 | { |
6bd9b9f2 | 1740 | #if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1741 | // if SetSize() had been called at wx level but not realized at Windows |
1742 | // level yet (i.e. EndDeferWindowPos() not called), we still should return | |
1743 | // the new and not the old position to the other wx code | |
1744 | if ( m_pendingSize != wxDefaultSize ) | |
1745 | { | |
1746 | if ( x ) | |
1747 | *x = m_pendingSize.x; | |
1748 | if ( y ) | |
1749 | *y = m_pendingSize.y; | |
1750 | } | |
1751 | else // use current size | |
6bd9b9f2 | 1752 | #endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1753 | { |
1754 | RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd()); | |
82c9f85c | 1755 | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1756 | if ( x ) |
1757 | *x = rect.right - rect.left; | |
1758 | if ( y ) | |
1759 | *y = rect.bottom - rect.top; | |
1760 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1761 | } |
1762 | ||
82c9f85c VZ |
1763 | // Get size *available for subwindows* i.e. excluding menu bar etc. |
1764 | void wxWindowMSW::DoGetClientSize(int *x, int *y) const | |
42e69d6b | 1765 | { |
6bd9b9f2 | 1766 | #if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
0d6fdb3c | 1767 | if ( m_pendingSize != wxDefaultSize ) |
0d7f75df | 1768 | { |
0d6fdb3c | 1769 | // we need to calculate the client size corresponding to pending size |
e259ce57 VZ |
1770 | // |
1771 | // FIXME: Unfortunately this doesn't work correctly for the maximized | |
1772 | // top level windows, the returned values are too small (e.g. | |
1773 | // under Windows 7 on a 1600*1200 screen with task bar on the | |
1774 | // right the pending size for a maximized window is 1538*1200 | |
1775 | // and WM_NCCALCSIZE returns 1528*1172 even though the correct | |
1776 | // client size of such window is 1538*1182). No idea how to fix | |
1777 | // it though, setting WS_MAXIMIZE in GWL_STYLE before calling | |
1778 | // WM_NCCALCSIZE doesn't help and AdjustWindowRectEx() doesn't | |
1779 | // work in this direction neither. So we just have to live with | |
1780 | // the slightly wrong results and relayout the window when it | |
1781 | // gets finally shown in its maximized state (see #11762). | |
dc497201 JG |
1782 | RECT rect; |
1783 | rect.left = m_pendingPosition.x; | |
1784 | rect.top = m_pendingPosition.y; | |
1785 | rect.right = rect.left + m_pendingSize.x; | |
1786 | rect.bottom = rect.top + m_pendingSize.y; | |
1787 | ||
1788 | ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_NCCALCSIZE, FALSE, (LPARAM)&rect); | |
1789 | ||
1790 | if ( x ) | |
1791 | *x = rect.right - rect.left; | |
1792 | if ( y ) | |
1793 | *y = rect.bottom - rect.top; | |
0d7f75df | 1794 | } |
0d6fdb3c | 1795 | else |
6bd9b9f2 | 1796 | #endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
0d6fdb3c VZ |
1797 | { |
1798 | RECT rect = wxGetClientRect(GetHwnd()); | |
1799 | ||
1800 | if ( x ) | |
1801 | *x = rect.right; | |
1802 | if ( y ) | |
1803 | *y = rect.bottom; | |
1804 | } | |
352a7d6c VZ |
1805 | |
1806 | // The size of the client window can't be negative but ::GetClientRect() | |
1807 | // can return negative size for an extremely small (1x1) window with | |
1808 | // borders so ensure that we correct it here as having negative sizes is | |
1809 | // completely unexpected. | |
1810 | if ( x && *x < 0 ) | |
1811 | *x = 0; | |
1812 | if ( y && *y < 0 ) | |
1813 | *y = 0; | |
82c9f85c VZ |
1814 | } |
1815 | ||
1816 | void wxWindowMSW::DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const | |
1817 | { | |
a7e0e432 VZ |
1818 | wxWindow * const parent = GetParent(); |
1819 | ||
1820 | wxPoint pos; | |
9741fd45 | 1821 | #if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1822 | if ( m_pendingPosition != wxDefaultPosition ) |
1823 | { | |
a7e0e432 | 1824 | pos = m_pendingPosition; |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1825 | } |
1826 | else // use current position | |
9741fd45 | 1827 | #endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1828 | { |
1829 | RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd()); | |
42e69d6b | 1830 | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1831 | POINT point; |
1832 | point.x = rect.left; | |
1833 | point.y = rect.top; | |
42e69d6b | 1834 | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1835 | // we do the adjustments with respect to the parent only for the "real" |
1836 | // children, not for the dialogs/frames | |
1837 | if ( !IsTopLevel() ) | |
92049cd4 | 1838 | { |
e5b5af91 VZ |
1839 | if ( wxTheApp->GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft ) |
1840 | { | |
967acfb5 | 1841 | // In RTL mode, we want the logical left x-coordinate, |
e5b5af91 VZ |
1842 | // which would be the physical right x-coordinate. |
1843 | point.x = rect.right; | |
1844 | } | |
1845 | ||
11cfa8ef VZ |
1846 | // Since we now have the absolute screen coords, if there's a |
1847 | // parent we must subtract its top left corner | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1848 | if ( parent ) |
1849 | { | |
a7e0e432 | 1850 | ::ScreenToClient(GetHwndOf(parent), &point); |
11cfa8ef | 1851 | } |
89e3037c | 1852 | } |
42e69d6b | 1853 | |
a7e0e432 VZ |
1854 | pos.x = point.x; |
1855 | pos.y = point.y; | |
1856 | } | |
1857 | ||
1858 | // we also must adjust by the client area offset: a control which is just | |
1859 | // under a toolbar could be at (0, 30) in Windows but at (0, 0) in wx | |
1860 | if ( parent && !IsTopLevel() ) | |
1861 | { | |
1862 | const wxPoint pt(parent->GetClientAreaOrigin()); | |
1863 | pos.x -= pt.x; | |
1864 | pos.y -= pt.y; | |
11cfa8ef | 1865 | } |
a7e0e432 VZ |
1866 | |
1867 | if ( x ) | |
1868 | *x = pos.x; | |
1869 | if ( y ) | |
1870 | *y = pos.y; | |
42e69d6b | 1871 | } |
54bdd8b0 | 1872 | |
1e6feb95 | 1873 | void wxWindowMSW::DoScreenToClient(int *x, int *y) const |
42e69d6b VZ |
1874 | { |
1875 | POINT pt; | |
1876 | if ( x ) | |
1877 | pt.x = *x; | |
1878 | if ( y ) | |
1879 | pt.y = *y; | |
54bdd8b0 | 1880 | |
82c9f85c | 1881 | ::ScreenToClient(GetHwnd(), &pt); |
a23fd0e1 | 1882 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1883 | if ( x ) |
1884 | *x = pt.x; | |
1885 | if ( y ) | |
1886 | *y = pt.y; | |
1887 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1888 | |
1e6feb95 | 1889 | void wxWindowMSW::DoClientToScreen(int *x, int *y) const |
42e69d6b VZ |
1890 | { |
1891 | POINT pt; | |
1892 | if ( x ) | |
1893 | pt.x = *x; | |
1894 | if ( y ) | |
1895 | pt.y = *y; | |
54bdd8b0 | 1896 | |
82c9f85c | 1897 | ::ClientToScreen(GetHwnd(), &pt); |
a23fd0e1 | 1898 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1899 | if ( x ) |
1900 | *x = pt.x; | |
1901 | if ( y ) | |
1902 | *y = pt.y; | |
1903 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1904 | |
86e30911 | 1905 | bool |
7d86a2d4 VZ |
1906 | wxWindowMSW::DoMoveSibling(WXHWND hwnd, int x, int y, int width, int height) |
1907 | { | |
6bd9b9f2 | 1908 | #if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
7d86a2d4 VZ |
1909 | // if our parent had prepared a defer window handle for us, use it (unless |
1910 | // we are a top level window) | |
1911 | wxWindowMSW * const parent = IsTopLevel() ? NULL : GetParent(); | |
1912 | ||
1913 | HDWP hdwp = parent ? (HDWP)parent->m_hDWP : NULL; | |
1914 | if ( hdwp ) | |
1915 | { | |
1916 | hdwp = ::DeferWindowPos(hdwp, (HWND)hwnd, NULL, x, y, width, height, | |
dd28827a | 1917 | SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOOWNERZORDER | SWP_NOACTIVATE); |
7d86a2d4 VZ |
1918 | if ( !hdwp ) |
1919 | { | |
9a83f860 | 1920 | wxLogLastError(wxT("DeferWindowPos")); |
7d86a2d4 VZ |
1921 | } |
1922 | } | |
1923 | ||
1924 | if ( parent ) | |
1925 | { | |
1926 | // hdwp must be updated as it may have been changed | |
1927 | parent->m_hDWP = (WXHANDLE)hdwp; | |
1928 | } | |
1929 | ||
86e30911 VZ |
1930 | if ( hdwp ) |
1931 | { | |
1932 | // did deferred move, remember new coordinates of the window as they're | |
1933 | // different from what Windows would return for it | |
1934 | return true; | |
1935 | } | |
1936 | ||
7d86a2d4 | 1937 | // otherwise (or if deferring failed) move the window in place immediately |
6bd9b9f2 | 1938 | #endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
86e30911 | 1939 | if ( !::MoveWindow((HWND)hwnd, x, y, width, height, IsShown()) ) |
7d86a2d4 | 1940 | { |
86e30911 | 1941 | wxLogLastError(wxT("MoveWindow")); |
7d86a2d4 | 1942 | } |
86e30911 | 1943 | |
6bd9b9f2 | 1944 | // if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING, indicates that we didn't use deferred move, |
86e30911 VZ |
1945 | // ignored otherwise |
1946 | return false; | |
7d86a2d4 VZ |
1947 | } |
1948 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1949 | void wxWindowMSW::DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height) |
b782f2e0 | 1950 | { |
62e1ba75 JS |
1951 | // TODO: is this consistent with other platforms? |
1952 | // Still, negative width or height shouldn't be allowed | |
1953 | if (width < 0) | |
1954 | width = 0; | |
1955 | if (height < 0) | |
1956 | height = 0; | |
9b6ae450 | 1957 | |
86e30911 VZ |
1958 | if ( DoMoveSibling(m_hWnd, x, y, width, height) ) |
1959 | { | |
6bd9b9f2 | 1960 | #if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
86e30911 VZ |
1961 | m_pendingPosition = wxPoint(x, y); |
1962 | m_pendingSize = wxSize(width, height); | |
f8cba58b VZ |
1963 | } |
1964 | else // window was moved immediately, without deferring it | |
1965 | { | |
1966 | m_pendingPosition = wxDefaultPosition; | |
1967 | m_pendingSize = wxDefaultSize; | |
6bd9b9f2 | 1968 | #endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
86e30911 | 1969 | } |
b782f2e0 VZ |
1970 | } |
1971 | ||
4438caf4 VZ |
1972 | // set the size of the window: if the dimensions are positive, just use them, |
1973 | // but if any of them is equal to -1, it means that we must find the value for | |
1974 | // it ourselves (unless sizeFlags contains wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE flag, in | |
1975 | // which case -1 is a valid value for x and y) | |
1976 | // | |
1977 | // If sizeFlags contains wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH/HEIGHT flags (default), we calculate | |
1978 | // the width/height to best suit our contents, otherwise we reuse the current | |
1979 | // width/height | |
1e6feb95 | 1980 | void wxWindowMSW::DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags) |
42e69d6b | 1981 | { |
4438caf4 | 1982 | // get the current size and position... |
42e69d6b | 1983 | int currentX, currentY; |
da78f3b1 RD |
1984 | int currentW, currentH; |
1985 | ||
42e69d6b | 1986 | GetPosition(¤tX, ¤tY); |
42e69d6b | 1987 | GetSize(¤tW, ¤tH); |
a23fd0e1 | 1988 | |
952f2aaa VZ |
1989 | // ... and don't do anything (avoiding flicker) if it's already ok unless |
1990 | // we're forced to resize the window | |
4438caf4 | 1991 | if ( x == currentX && y == currentY && |
952f2aaa VZ |
1992 | width == currentW && height == currentH && |
1993 | !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_FORCE) ) | |
4438caf4 | 1994 | { |
e47e063a RR |
1995 | if (sizeFlags & wxSIZE_FORCE_EVENT) |
1996 | { | |
1997 | wxSizeEvent event( wxSize(width,height), GetId() ); | |
1998 | event.SetEventObject( this ); | |
1999 | HandleWindowEvent( event ); | |
2000 | } | |
42e69d6b | 2001 | return; |
4438caf4 | 2002 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 2003 | |
422d0ff0 | 2004 | if ( x == wxDefaultCoord && !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE) ) |
4438caf4 | 2005 | x = currentX; |
422d0ff0 | 2006 | if ( y == wxDefaultCoord && !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE) ) |
4438caf4 | 2007 | y = currentY; |
a23fd0e1 | 2008 | |
4438caf4 | 2009 | AdjustForParentClientOrigin(x, y, sizeFlags); |
a23fd0e1 | 2010 | |
abb74e0f | 2011 | wxSize size = wxDefaultSize; |
422d0ff0 | 2012 | if ( width == wxDefaultCoord ) |
4438caf4 | 2013 | { |
9e2896e5 | 2014 | if ( sizeFlags & wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH ) |
4438caf4 | 2015 | { |
4329eae9 | 2016 | size = GetBestSize(); |
4438caf4 VZ |
2017 | width = size.x; |
2018 | } | |
2019 | else | |
2020 | { | |
2021 | // just take the current one | |
2022 | width = currentW; | |
2023 | } | |
2024 | } | |
2025 | ||
422d0ff0 | 2026 | if ( height == wxDefaultCoord ) |
4438caf4 | 2027 | { |
9e2896e5 | 2028 | if ( sizeFlags & wxSIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT ) |
4438caf4 | 2029 | { |
422d0ff0 | 2030 | if ( size.x == wxDefaultCoord ) |
4438caf4 | 2031 | { |
4329eae9 | 2032 | size = GetBestSize(); |
4438caf4 | 2033 | } |
4329eae9 | 2034 | //else: already called GetBestSize() above |
a23fd0e1 | 2035 | |
4438caf4 VZ |
2036 | height = size.y; |
2037 | } | |
2038 | else | |
2039 | { | |
2040 | // just take the current one | |
2041 | height = currentH; | |
2042 | } | |
2043 | } | |
2044 | ||
b782f2e0 | 2045 | DoMoveWindow(x, y, width, height); |
4438caf4 VZ |
2046 | } |
2047 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2048 | void wxWindowMSW::DoSetClientSize(int width, int height) |
42e69d6b | 2049 | { |
90e572f1 | 2050 | // setting the client size is less obvious than it could have been |
d4597e13 | 2051 | // because in the result of changing the total size the window scrollbar |
c72b1ad7 VZ |
2052 | // may [dis]appear and/or its menubar may [un]wrap (and AdjustWindowRect() |
2053 | // doesn't take neither into account) and so the client size will not be | |
2054 | // correct as the difference between the total and client size changes -- | |
2055 | // so we keep changing it until we get it right | |
d4597e13 | 2056 | // |
d6a97306 VZ |
2057 | // normally this loop shouldn't take more than 3 iterations (usually 1 but |
2058 | // if scrollbars [dis]appear as the result of the first call, then 2 and it | |
2059 | // may become 3 if the window had 0 size originally and so we didn't | |
2060 | // calculate the scrollbar correction correctly during the first iteration) | |
2061 | // but just to be on the safe side we check for it instead of making it an | |
d4597e13 | 2062 | // "infinite" loop (i.e. leaving break inside as the only way to get out) |
d6a97306 | 2063 | for ( int i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) |
d4597e13 VZ |
2064 | { |
2065 | RECT rectClient; | |
2066 | ::GetClientRect(GetHwnd(), &rectClient); | |
2bda0e17 | 2067 | |
b0268daf | 2068 | // if the size is already ok, stop here (NB: rectClient.left = top = 0) |
422d0ff0 WS |
2069 | if ( (rectClient.right == width || width == wxDefaultCoord) && |
2070 | (rectClient.bottom == height || height == wxDefaultCoord) ) | |
d4597e13 VZ |
2071 | { |
2072 | break; | |
2073 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 2074 | |
d4597e13 VZ |
2075 | // Find the difference between the entire window (title bar and all) |
2076 | // and the client area; add this to the new client size to move the | |
2077 | // window | |
2078 | RECT rectWin; | |
2079 | ::GetWindowRect(GetHwnd(), &rectWin); | |
2080 | ||
b0268daf VZ |
2081 | const int widthWin = rectWin.right - rectWin.left, |
2082 | heightWin = rectWin.bottom - rectWin.top; | |
387a3b02 | 2083 | |
d4597e13 VZ |
2084 | // MoveWindow positions the child windows relative to the parent, so |
2085 | // adjust if necessary | |
2086 | if ( !IsTopLevel() ) | |
2087 | { | |
2088 | wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); | |
2089 | if ( parent ) | |
2090 | { | |
b0268daf | 2091 | ::ScreenToClient(GetHwndOf(parent), (POINT *)&rectWin); |
d4597e13 VZ |
2092 | } |
2093 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 2094 | |
b0268daf | 2095 | // don't call DoMoveWindow() because we want to move window immediately |
c72b1ad7 VZ |
2096 | // and not defer it here as otherwise the value returned by |
2097 | // GetClient/WindowRect() wouldn't change as the window wouldn't be | |
2098 | // really resized | |
b0268daf VZ |
2099 | if ( !::MoveWindow(GetHwnd(), |
2100 | rectWin.left, | |
2101 | rectWin.top, | |
2102 | width + widthWin - rectClient.right, | |
2103 | height + heightWin - rectClient.bottom, | |
2104 | TRUE) ) | |
2105 | { | |
9a83f860 | 2106 | wxLogLastError(wxT("MoveWindow")); |
b0268daf | 2107 | } |
d4597e13 | 2108 | } |
42e69d6b | 2109 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 2110 | |
743b4266 VZ |
2111 | wxSize wxWindowMSW::DoGetBorderSize() const |
2112 | { | |
2113 | wxCoord border; | |
2114 | switch ( GetBorder() ) | |
2115 | { | |
2116 | case wxBORDER_STATIC: | |
2117 | case wxBORDER_SIMPLE: | |
2118 | border = 1; | |
2119 | break; | |
2120 | ||
2121 | case wxBORDER_SUNKEN: | |
2122 | border = 2; | |
2123 | break; | |
2124 | ||
2125 | case wxBORDER_RAISED: | |
2126 | case wxBORDER_DOUBLE: | |
2127 | border = 3; | |
2128 | break; | |
2129 | ||
2130 | default: | |
9a83f860 | 2131 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unknown border style") ); |
743b4266 VZ |
2132 | // fall through |
2133 | ||
2134 | case wxBORDER_NONE: | |
2135 | border = 0; | |
2136 | } | |
2137 | ||
2138 | return 2*wxSize(border, border); | |
2139 | } | |
2140 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
2141 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2142 | // text metrics | |
2143 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
a23fd0e1 | 2144 | |
1e6feb95 | 2145 | int wxWindowMSW::GetCharHeight() const |
42e69d6b | 2146 | { |
f6bcfd97 | 2147 | return wxGetTextMetrics(this).tmHeight; |
42e69d6b | 2148 | } |
3eddf563 | 2149 | |
1e6feb95 | 2150 | int wxWindowMSW::GetCharWidth() const |
42e69d6b | 2151 | { |
f6bcfd97 BP |
2152 | // +1 is needed because Windows apparently adds it when calculating the |
2153 | // dialog units size in pixels | |
2154 | #if wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY | |
1e6feb95 | 2155 | return wxGetTextMetrics(this).tmAveCharWidth; |
f6bcfd97 BP |
2156 | #else |
2157 | return wxGetTextMetrics(this).tmAveCharWidth + 1; | |
2158 | #endif | |
42e69d6b | 2159 | } |
f4621a09 | 2160 | |
6de70470 VZ |
2161 | void wxWindowMSW::DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string, |
2162 | int *x, int *y, | |
2163 | int *descent, | |
2164 | int *externalLeading, | |
2165 | const wxFont *fontToUse) const | |
42e69d6b | 2166 | { |
a1b806b9 | 2167 | wxASSERT_MSG( !fontToUse || fontToUse->IsOk(), |
9a83f860 | 2168 | wxT("invalid font in GetTextExtent()") ); |
634903fd | 2169 | |
e0448413 VZ |
2170 | HFONT hfontToUse; |
2171 | if ( fontToUse ) | |
2172 | hfontToUse = GetHfontOf(*fontToUse); | |
2d17baae | 2173 | else |
e0448413 | 2174 | hfontToUse = GetHfontOf(GetFont()); |
634903fd | 2175 | |
64869ab7 | 2176 | WindowHDC hdc(GetHwnd()); |
e0448413 | 2177 | SelectInHDC selectFont(hdc, hfontToUse); |
341c92a8 | 2178 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2179 | SIZE sizeRect; |
2180 | TEXTMETRIC tm; | |
017dc06b | 2181 | ::GetTextExtentPoint32(hdc, string.t_str(), string.length(), &sizeRect); |
64869ab7 | 2182 | GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm); |
42e69d6b | 2183 | |
0655ad29 VZ |
2184 | if ( x ) |
2185 | *x = sizeRect.cx; | |
2186 | if ( y ) | |
2187 | *y = sizeRect.cy; | |
2188 | if ( descent ) | |
2189 | *descent = tm.tmDescent; | |
2190 | if ( externalLeading ) | |
2191 | *externalLeading = tm.tmExternalLeading; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
2192 | } |
2193 | ||
c50f1fb9 VZ |
2194 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2195 | // popup menu | |
2196 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2197 | ||
2e9f62da VZ |
2198 | #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
2199 | ||
ed45e263 VZ |
2200 | // yield for WM_COMMAND events only, i.e. process all WM_COMMANDs in the queue |
2201 | // immediately, without waiting for the next event loop iteration | |
2202 | // | |
2203 | // NB: this function should probably be made public later as it can almost | |
2204 | // surely replace wxYield() elsewhere as well | |
2205 | static void wxYieldForCommandsOnly() | |
2206 | { | |
2207 | // peek all WM_COMMANDs (it will always return WM_QUIT too but we don't | |
2208 | // want to process it here) | |
2209 | MSG msg; | |
1bf77ee5 | 2210 | while ( ::PeekMessage(&msg, (HWND)0, WM_COMMAND, WM_COMMAND, PM_REMOVE) ) |
ed45e263 | 2211 | { |
dd7ebf8b | 2212 | if ( msg.message == WM_QUIT ) |
1bf77ee5 VZ |
2213 | { |
2214 | // if we retrieved a WM_QUIT, insert back into the message queue. | |
2215 | ::PostQuitMessage(0); | |
2216 | break; | |
2217 | } | |
7de59551 | 2218 | |
1bf77ee5 VZ |
2219 | // luckily (as we don't have access to wxEventLoopImpl method from here |
2220 | // anyhow...) we don't need to pre process WM_COMMANDs so dispatch it | |
2221 | // immediately | |
2222 | ::TranslateMessage(&msg); | |
2223 | ::DispatchMessage(&msg); | |
2224 | } | |
ed45e263 VZ |
2225 | } |
2226 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2227 | bool wxWindowMSW::DoPopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y) |
c50f1fb9 | 2228 | { |
c50f1fb9 VZ |
2229 | menu->UpdateUI(); |
2230 | ||
473d0f93 | 2231 | wxPoint pt; |
27d2dbbc | 2232 | if ( x == wxDefaultCoord && y == wxDefaultCoord ) |
971562cb | 2233 | { |
473d0f93 VZ |
2234 | pt = wxGetMousePosition(); |
2235 | } | |
2236 | else | |
2237 | { | |
2238 | pt = ClientToScreen(wxPoint(x, y)); | |
971562cb VS |
2239 | } |
2240 | ||
5cb598ae | 2241 | #if defined(__WXWINCE__) |
b40bf35c VZ |
2242 | static const UINT flags = 0; |
2243 | #else // !__WXWINCE__ | |
2244 | UINT flags = TPM_RIGHTBUTTON; | |
2245 | // NT4 doesn't support TPM_RECURSE and simply doesn't show the menu at all | |
2246 | // when it's use, I'm not sure about Win95/98 but prefer to err on the safe | |
2247 | // side and not to use it there neither -- modify the test if it does work | |
2248 | // on these systems | |
2249 | if ( wxGetWinVersion() >= wxWinVersion_5 ) | |
2250 | { | |
2251 | // using TPM_RECURSE allows us to show a popup menu while another menu | |
2252 | // is opened which can be useful and is supported by the other | |
2253 | // platforms, so allow it under Windows too | |
2254 | flags |= TPM_RECURSE; | |
2255 | } | |
2256 | #endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__ | |
2257 | ||
473d0f93 | 2258 | ::TrackPopupMenu(GetHmenuOf(menu), flags, pt.x, pt.y, 0, GetHwnd(), NULL); |
ed45e263 | 2259 | |
90e572f1 | 2260 | // we need to do it right now as otherwise the events are never going to be |
ed45e263 VZ |
2261 | // sent to wxCurrentPopupMenu from HandleCommand() |
2262 | // | |
2263 | // note that even eliminating (ugly) wxCurrentPopupMenu global wouldn't | |
2264 | // help and we'd still need wxYieldForCommandsOnly() as the menu may be | |
2265 | // destroyed as soon as we return (it can be a local variable in the caller | |
2266 | // for example) and so we do need to process the event immediately | |
2267 | wxYieldForCommandsOnly(); | |
2268 | ||
08158721 | 2269 | return true; |
c50f1fb9 VZ |
2270 | } |
2271 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
2272 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
2273 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
2274 | // =========================================================================== |
2275 | // pre/post message processing | |
2276 | // =========================================================================== | |
2bda0e17 | 2277 | |
c140b7e7 | 2278 | WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWDefWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
42e69d6b | 2279 | { |
1afe4f9b | 2280 | WXLRESULT rc; |
42e69d6b | 2281 | if ( m_oldWndProc ) |
1afe4f9b | 2282 | rc = ::CallWindowProc(CASTWNDPROC m_oldWndProc, GetHwnd(), (UINT) nMsg, (WPARAM) wParam, (LPARAM) lParam); |
42e69d6b | 2283 | else |
1afe4f9b VZ |
2284 | rc = ::DefWindowProc(GetHwnd(), nMsg, wParam, lParam); |
2285 | ||
2286 | // Special hack used by wxTextEntry auto-completion only: this event is | |
2287 | // sent after the normal keyboard processing so that its handler could use | |
2288 | // the updated contents of the text control, after taking the key that was | |
2289 | // pressed into account. | |
2290 | if ( nMsg == WM_CHAR ) | |
2291 | { | |
2292 | wxKeyEvent event(CreateCharEvent(wxEVT_AFTER_CHAR, wParam, lParam)); | |
2293 | HandleWindowEvent(event); | |
2294 | } | |
2295 | ||
2296 | return rc; | |
42e69d6b | 2297 | } |
2bda0e17 | 2298 | |
1e6feb95 | 2299 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg) |
42e69d6b | 2300 | { |
1e6feb95 VZ |
2301 | // wxUniversal implements tab traversal itself |
2302 | #ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
42e69d6b | 2303 | if ( m_hWnd != 0 && (GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) ) |
2d0a075d | 2304 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2305 | // intercept dialog navigation keys |
2306 | MSG *msg = (MSG *)pMsg; | |
d9317fd4 VZ |
2307 | |
2308 | // here we try to do all the job which ::IsDialogMessage() usually does | |
2309 | // internally | |
573a1586 | 2310 | if ( msg->message == WM_KEYDOWN ) |
42e69d6b | 2311 | { |
3f7bc32b VZ |
2312 | bool bCtrlDown = wxIsCtrlDown(); |
2313 | bool bShiftDown = wxIsShiftDown(); | |
a23fd0e1 | 2314 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2315 | // WM_GETDLGCODE: ask the control if it wants the key for itself, |
2316 | // don't process it if it's the case (except for Ctrl-Tab/Enter | |
2317 | // combinations which are always processed) | |
977f50f3 VZ |
2318 | LONG lDlgCode = ::SendMessage(msg->hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0); |
2319 | ||
cbab1556 | 2320 | // surprisingly, DLGC_WANTALLKEYS bit mask doesn't contain the |
977f50f3 VZ |
2321 | // DLGC_WANTTAB nor DLGC_WANTARROWS bits although, logically, |
2322 | // it, of course, implies them | |
2323 | if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTALLKEYS ) | |
42e69d6b | 2324 | { |
977f50f3 | 2325 | lDlgCode |= DLGC_WANTTAB | DLGC_WANTARROWS; |
42e69d6b | 2326 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 2327 | |
08158721 | 2328 | bool bForward = true, |
298ca00c VZ |
2329 | bWindowChange = false, |
2330 | bFromTab = false; | |
a23fd0e1 | 2331 | |
573a1586 | 2332 | // should we process this message specially? |
08158721 | 2333 | bool bProcess = true; |
9145664b | 2334 | switch ( msg->wParam ) |
42e69d6b VZ |
2335 | { |
2336 | case VK_TAB: | |
7cc44669 VZ |
2337 | if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTTAB) && !bCtrlDown ) |
2338 | { | |
2339 | // let the control have the TAB | |
08158721 | 2340 | bProcess = false; |
42e69d6b | 2341 | } |
7cc44669 VZ |
2342 | else // use it for navigation |
2343 | { | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2344 | // Ctrl-Tab cycles thru notebook pages |
2345 | bWindowChange = bCtrlDown; | |
319fefa9 | 2346 | bForward = !bShiftDown; |
298ca00c | 2347 | bFromTab = true; |
42e69d6b VZ |
2348 | } |
2349 | break; | |
a23fd0e1 | 2350 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2351 | case VK_UP: |
2352 | case VK_LEFT: | |
2353 | if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || bCtrlDown ) | |
08158721 | 2354 | bProcess = false; |
42e69d6b | 2355 | else |
08158721 | 2356 | bForward = false; |
42e69d6b | 2357 | break; |
a02eb1d2 | 2358 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2359 | case VK_DOWN: |
2360 | case VK_RIGHT: | |
2361 | if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || bCtrlDown ) | |
08158721 | 2362 | bProcess = false; |
42e69d6b | 2363 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 2364 | |
efe5e221 VZ |
2365 | case VK_PRIOR: |
2366 | bForward = false; | |
2367 | // fall through | |
2368 | ||
2369 | case VK_NEXT: | |
2370 | // we treat PageUp/Dn as arrows because chances are that | |
2371 | // a control which needs arrows also needs them for | |
2372 | // navigation (e.g. wxTextCtrl, wxListCtrl, ...) | |
ada5f90d | 2373 | if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) && !bCtrlDown ) |
efe5e221 | 2374 | bProcess = false; |
ada5f90d | 2375 | else // OTOH Ctrl-PageUp/Dn works as [Shift-]Ctrl-Tab |
efe5e221 VZ |
2376 | bWindowChange = true; |
2377 | break; | |
2378 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
2379 | case VK_RETURN: |
2380 | { | |
90c6edd7 | 2381 | #if wxUSE_BUTTON |
3147bb58 | 2382 | // currently active button should get enter press even |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2383 | // if there is a default button elsewhere so check if |
2384 | // this window is a button first | |
2385 | wxWindow *btn = NULL; | |
3147bb58 | 2386 | if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_DEFPUSHBUTTON ) |
319fefa9 | 2387 | { |
3e79ed96 VZ |
2388 | // let IsDialogMessage() handle this for all |
2389 | // buttons except the owner-drawn ones which it | |
2390 | // just seems to ignore | |
2391 | long style = ::GetWindowLong(msg->hwnd, GWL_STYLE); | |
2392 | if ( (style & BS_OWNERDRAW) == BS_OWNERDRAW ) | |
2393 | { | |
2394 | // emulate the button click | |
dca0f651 | 2395 | btn = wxFindWinFromHandle(msg->hwnd); |
3e79ed96 | 2396 | } |
319fefa9 | 2397 | } |
90c6edd7 | 2398 | else // not a button itself, do we have default button? |
c50f1fb9 | 2399 | { |
8e86978a VZ |
2400 | // check if this window or any of its ancestors |
2401 | // wants the message for itself (we always reserve | |
2402 | // Ctrl-Enter for dialog navigation though) | |
2403 | wxWindow *win = this; | |
2404 | if ( !bCtrlDown ) | |
2405 | { | |
53b0c2bc | 2406 | // this will contain the dialog code of this |
0075ea22 | 2407 | // window and all of its parent windows in turn |
53b0c2bc VZ |
2408 | LONG lDlgCode2 = lDlgCode; |
2409 | ||
0075ea22 | 2410 | while ( win ) |
8e86978a | 2411 | { |
53b0c2bc | 2412 | if ( lDlgCode2 & DLGC_WANTMESSAGE ) |
8e86978a VZ |
2413 | { |
2414 | // as it wants to process Enter itself, | |
2415 | // don't call IsDialogMessage() which | |
2416 | // would consume it | |
2417 | return false; | |
2418 | } | |
2419 | ||
0075ea22 VZ |
2420 | // don't propagate keyboard messages beyond |
2421 | // the first top level window parent | |
2422 | if ( win->IsTopLevel() ) | |
2423 | break; | |
2424 | ||
2425 | win = win->GetParent(); | |
2426 | ||
53b0c2bc VZ |
2427 | lDlgCode2 = ::SendMessage |
2428 | ( | |
2429 | GetHwndOf(win), | |
2430 | WM_GETDLGCODE, | |
2431 | 0, | |
2432 | 0 | |
2433 | ); | |
8e86978a VZ |
2434 | } |
2435 | } | |
2436 | else // bCtrlDown | |
2437 | { | |
2438 | win = wxGetTopLevelParent(win); | |
2439 | } | |
2440 | ||
2441 | wxTopLevelWindow * const | |
2442 | tlw = wxDynamicCast(win, wxTopLevelWindow); | |
6c20e8f8 | 2443 | if ( tlw ) |
c50f1fb9 | 2444 | { |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2445 | btn = wxDynamicCast(tlw->GetDefaultItem(), |
2446 | wxButton); | |
c50f1fb9 | 2447 | } |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2448 | } |
2449 | ||
2450 | if ( btn && btn->IsEnabled() ) | |
2451 | { | |
2452 | btn->MSWCommand(BN_CLICKED, 0 /* unused */); | |
2453 | return true; | |
2454 | } | |
2455 | ||
efaf7865 VZ |
2456 | // This "Return" key press won't be actually used for |
2457 | // navigation so don't generate wxNavigationKeyEvent | |
2458 | // for it but still pass it to IsDialogMessage() as it | |
2459 | // may handle it in some other way (e.g. by playing the | |
2460 | // default error sound). | |
2461 | bProcess = false; | |
2462 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2463 | #endif // wxUSE_BUTTON |
90c6edd7 | 2464 | |
7b504551 | 2465 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2466 | // map Enter presses into button presses on PDAs |
2467 | wxJoystickEvent event(wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN); | |
2468 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
937013e0 | 2469 | if ( HandleWindowEvent(event) ) |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2470 | return true; |
2471 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2472 | } |
2473 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 2474 | |
42e69d6b | 2475 | default: |
08158721 | 2476 | bProcess = false; |
42e69d6b | 2477 | } |
2bda0e17 | 2478 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2479 | if ( bProcess ) |
2480 | { | |
2481 | wxNavigationKeyEvent event; | |
2482 | event.SetDirection(bForward); | |
2483 | event.SetWindowChange(bWindowChange); | |
298ca00c | 2484 | event.SetFromTab(bFromTab); |
42e69d6b | 2485 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
3572173c | 2486 | |
937013e0 | 2487 | if ( HandleWindowEvent(event) ) |
57c0af52 | 2488 | { |
d7e0024b VZ |
2489 | // as we don't call IsDialogMessage(), which would take of |
2490 | // this by default, we need to manually send this message | |
1ca78aa1 JS |
2491 | // so that controls can change their UI state if needed |
2492 | MSWUpdateUIState(UIS_CLEAR, UISF_HIDEFOCUS); | |
d7e0024b | 2493 | |
08158721 | 2494 | return true; |
57c0af52 | 2495 | } |
42e69d6b VZ |
2496 | } |
2497 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 2498 | |
98ebf919 | 2499 | if ( ::IsDialogMessage(GetHwnd(), msg) ) |
f6bcfd97 | 2500 | { |
98ebf919 VZ |
2501 | // IsDialogMessage() did something... |
2502 | return true; | |
f6bcfd97 | 2503 | } |
42e69d6b | 2504 | } |
1e6feb95 | 2505 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
a23fd0e1 | 2506 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2507 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
2508 | if ( m_tooltip ) | |
387a3b02 | 2509 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2510 | // relay mouse move events to the tooltip control |
2511 | MSG *msg = (MSG *)pMsg; | |
2512 | if ( msg->message == WM_MOUSEMOVE ) | |
259a4264 | 2513 | wxToolTip::RelayEvent(pMsg); |
387a3b02 | 2514 | } |
42e69d6b | 2515 | #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
a23fd0e1 | 2516 | |
08158721 | 2517 | return false; |
387a3b02 JS |
2518 | } |
2519 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2520 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWTranslateMessage(WXMSG* pMsg) |
387a3b02 | 2521 | { |
1e6feb95 | 2522 | #if wxUSE_ACCEL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
c50f1fb9 | 2523 | return m_acceleratorTable.Translate(this, pMsg); |
1e6feb95 | 2524 | #else |
574c939e | 2525 | (void) pMsg; |
08158721 | 2526 | return false; |
1e6feb95 | 2527 | #endif // wxUSE_ACCEL |
387a3b02 JS |
2528 | } |
2529 | ||
98ebf919 | 2530 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWShouldPreProcessMessage(WXMSG* msg) |
a37d422a | 2531 | { |
98ebf919 VZ |
2532 | // all tests below have to deal with various bugs/misfeatures of |
2533 | // IsDialogMessage(): we have to prevent it from being called from our | |
2534 | // MSWProcessMessage() in some situations | |
2535 | ||
2536 | // don't let IsDialogMessage() get VK_ESCAPE as it _always_ eats the | |
2537 | // message even when there is no cancel button and when the message is | |
2538 | // needed by the control itself: in particular, it prevents the tree in | |
2539 | // place edit control from being closed with Escape in a dialog | |
2540 | if ( msg->message == WM_KEYDOWN && msg->wParam == VK_ESCAPE ) | |
2541 | { | |
2542 | return false; | |
2543 | } | |
2544 | ||
2545 | // ::IsDialogMessage() is broken and may sometimes hang the application by | |
2546 | // going into an infinite loop when it tries to find the control to give | |
2547 | // focus to when Alt-<key> is pressed, so we try to detect [some of] the | |
2548 | // situations when this may happen and not call it then | |
2549 | if ( msg->message != WM_SYSCHAR ) | |
2550 | return true; | |
2551 | ||
2552 | // assume we can call it by default | |
2553 | bool canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = true; | |
2554 | ||
2555 | HWND hwndFocus = ::GetFocus(); | |
2556 | ||
2557 | // if the currently focused window itself has WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style, | |
2558 | // ::IsDialogMessage() will also enter an infinite loop, because it will | |
2559 | // recursively check the child windows but not the window itself and so if | |
2560 | // none of the children accepts focus it loops forever (as it only stops | |
2561 | // when it gets back to the window it started from) | |
2562 | // | |
2563 | // while it is very unusual that a window with WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT | |
2564 | // style has the focus, it can happen. One such possibility is if | |
2565 | // all windows are either toplevel, wxDialog, wxPanel or static | |
2566 | // controls and no window can actually accept keyboard input. | |
2567 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) | |
2568 | if ( ::GetWindowLong(hwndFocus, GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT ) | |
2569 | { | |
2570 | // pessimistic by default | |
2571 | canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = false; | |
2572 | for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); | |
2573 | node; | |
2574 | node = node->GetNext() ) | |
2575 | { | |
2576 | wxWindow * const win = node->GetData(); | |
ad02525d | 2577 | if ( win->CanAcceptFocus() && |
d66d0500 | 2578 | !wxHasWindowExStyle(win, WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT) ) |
98ebf919 VZ |
2579 | { |
2580 | // it shouldn't hang... | |
2581 | canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = true; | |
2582 | ||
2583 | break; | |
2584 | } | |
2585 | } | |
2586 | } | |
2587 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ | |
2588 | ||
2589 | if ( canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg ) | |
2590 | { | |
2591 | // ::IsDialogMessage() can enter in an infinite loop when the | |
2592 | // currently focused window is disabled or hidden and its | |
2593 | // parent has WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style, so don't call it in | |
2594 | // this case | |
2595 | while ( hwndFocus ) | |
2596 | { | |
2597 | if ( !::IsWindowEnabled(hwndFocus) || | |
2598 | !::IsWindowVisible(hwndFocus) ) | |
2599 | { | |
2600 | // it would enter an infinite loop if we do this! | |
2601 | canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = false; | |
2602 | ||
2603 | break; | |
2604 | } | |
2605 | ||
2606 | if ( !(::GetWindowLong(hwndFocus, GWL_STYLE) & WS_CHILD) ) | |
2607 | { | |
2608 | // it's a top level window, don't go further -- e.g. even | |
2609 | // if the parent of a dialog is disabled, this doesn't | |
2610 | // break navigation inside the dialog | |
2611 | break; | |
2612 | } | |
2613 | ||
2614 | hwndFocus = ::GetParent(hwndFocus); | |
2615 | } | |
2616 | } | |
2617 | ||
2618 | return canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg; | |
a37d422a VZ |
2619 | } |
2620 | ||
42e69d6b | 2621 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
e39af974 | 2622 | // message params unpackers |
42e69d6b | 2623 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2bda0e17 | 2624 | |
1e6feb95 | 2625 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCommand(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
42e69d6b VZ |
2626 | WORD *id, WXHWND *hwnd, WORD *cmd) |
2627 | { | |
2628 | *id = LOWORD(wParam); | |
2629 | *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam; | |
2630 | *cmd = HIWORD(wParam); | |
2bda0e17 KB |
2631 | } |
2632 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2633 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackActivate(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
42e69d6b | 2634 | WXWORD *state, WXWORD *minimized, WXHWND *hwnd) |
2bda0e17 | 2635 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2636 | *state = LOWORD(wParam); |
2637 | *minimized = HIWORD(wParam); | |
2638 | *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
2639 | } |
2640 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2641 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackScroll(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
42e69d6b | 2642 | WXWORD *code, WXWORD *pos, WXHWND *hwnd) |
2bda0e17 | 2643 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2644 | *code = LOWORD(wParam); |
2645 | *pos = HIWORD(wParam); | |
2646 | *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam; | |
2647 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 2648 | |
1e6feb95 | 2649 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCtlColor(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
01c500af | 2650 | WXHDC *hdc, WXHWND *hwnd) |
42e69d6b | 2651 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2652 | *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam; |
2653 | *hdc = (WXHDC)wParam; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
2654 | } |
2655 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2656 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackMenuSelect(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
42e69d6b | 2657 | WXWORD *item, WXWORD *flags, WXHMENU *hmenu) |
2bda0e17 | 2658 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2659 | *item = (WXWORD)wParam; |
2660 | *flags = HIWORD(wParam); | |
2661 | *hmenu = (WXHMENU)lParam; | |
2662 | } | |
c085e333 | 2663 | |
42e69d6b | 2664 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
77ffb593 | 2665 | // Main wxWidgets window proc and the window proc for wxWindow |
42e69d6b | 2666 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2bda0e17 | 2667 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2668 | // Hook for new window just as it's being created, when the window isn't yet |
2669 | // associated with the handle | |
b225f659 VZ |
2670 | static wxWindowMSW *gs_winBeingCreated = NULL; |
2671 | ||
2672 | // implementation of wxWindowCreationHook class: it just sets gs_winBeingCreated to the | |
2673 | // window being created and insures that it's always unset back later | |
2674 | wxWindowCreationHook::wxWindowCreationHook(wxWindowMSW *winBeingCreated) | |
2675 | { | |
2676 | gs_winBeingCreated = winBeingCreated; | |
2677 | } | |
2678 | ||
2679 | wxWindowCreationHook::~wxWindowCreationHook() | |
2680 | { | |
2681 | gs_winBeingCreated = NULL; | |
2682 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2683 | |
2684 | // Main window proc | |
3135f4a7 | 2685 | LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) |
2bda0e17 | 2686 | { |
4b6a582b VZ |
2687 | // trace all messages: useful for the debugging but noticeably slows down |
2688 | // the code so don't do it by default | |
2689 | #if wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2 | |
ef787038 VZ |
2690 | // notice that we cast wParam and lParam to long to avoid mismatch with |
2691 | // format specifiers in 64 bit builds where they are both int64 quantities | |
2692 | // | |
2693 | // casting like this loses information, of course, but it shouldn't matter | |
2694 | // much for this diagnostic code and it keeps the code simple | |
5ec3853f | 2695 | wxLogTrace("winmsg", |
dca0f651 | 2696 | wxT("Processing %s(hWnd=%p, wParam=%08lx, lParam=%08lx)"), |
ef787038 | 2697 | wxGetMessageName(message), hWnd, (long)wParam, (long)lParam); |
4b6a582b | 2698 | #endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2 |
2bda0e17 | 2699 | |
dca0f651 | 2700 | wxWindowMSW *wnd = wxFindWinFromHandle(hWnd); |
c085e333 | 2701 | |
42e69d6b | 2702 | // when we get the first message for the HWND we just created, we associate |
b225f659 VZ |
2703 | // it with wxWindow stored in gs_winBeingCreated |
2704 | if ( !wnd && gs_winBeingCreated ) | |
2d0a075d | 2705 | { |
b225f659 VZ |
2706 | wxAssociateWinWithHandle(hWnd, gs_winBeingCreated); |
2707 | wnd = gs_winBeingCreated; | |
2708 | gs_winBeingCreated = NULL; | |
42e69d6b | 2709 | wnd->SetHWND((WXHWND)hWnd); |
2d0a075d | 2710 | } |
2bda0e17 | 2711 | |
42e69d6b | 2712 | LRESULT rc; |
a23fd0e1 | 2713 | |
b46b1d59 | 2714 | if ( wnd && wxGUIEventLoop::AllowProcessing(wnd) ) |
b225f659 | 2715 | rc = wnd->MSWWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam); |
a23fd0e1 | 2716 | else |
b225f659 | 2717 | rc = ::DefWindowProc(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam); |
2bda0e17 | 2718 | |
42e69d6b | 2719 | return rc; |
f7bd2698 JS |
2720 | } |
2721 | ||
2e1cee23 VZ |
2722 | bool |
2723 | wxWindowMSW::MSWHandleMessage(WXLRESULT *result, | |
2724 | WXUINT message, | |
2725 | WXWPARAM wParam, | |
2726 | WXLPARAM lParam) | |
f7bd2698 | 2727 | { |
42e69d6b | 2728 | // did we process the message? |
08158721 | 2729 | bool processed = false; |
f7bd2698 | 2730 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2731 | // the return value |
2732 | union | |
2bda0e17 | 2733 | { |
42e69d6b | 2734 | bool allow; |
c140b7e7 | 2735 | WXLRESULT result; |
42e69d6b VZ |
2736 | WXHBRUSH hBrush; |
2737 | } rc; | |
2bda0e17 | 2738 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2739 | // for most messages we should return 0 when we do process the message |
2740 | rc.result = 0; | |
2bda0e17 | 2741 | |
42e69d6b | 2742 | switch ( message ) |
39136494 | 2743 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2744 | case WM_CREATE: |
2745 | { | |
2746 | bool mayCreate; | |
2747 | processed = HandleCreate((WXLPCREATESTRUCT)lParam, &mayCreate); | |
2748 | if ( processed ) | |
2749 | { | |
2750 | // return 0 to allow window creation | |
2751 | rc.result = mayCreate ? 0 : -1; | |
2752 | } | |
2753 | } | |
2754 | break; | |
47cbd6da | 2755 | |
42e69d6b | 2756 | case WM_DESTROY: |
08158721 | 2757 | // never set processed to true and *always* pass WM_DESTROY to |
ad4297f3 VZ |
2758 | // DefWindowProc() as Windows may do some internal cleanup when |
2759 | // processing it and failing to pass the message along may cause | |
2760 | // memory and resource leaks! | |
2761 | (void)HandleDestroy(); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2762 | break; |
2763 | ||
9b6ae450 VZ |
2764 | case WM_SIZE: |
2765 | processed = HandleSize(LOWORD(lParam), HIWORD(lParam), wParam); | |
9b6ae450 VZ |
2766 | break; |
2767 | ||
42e69d6b | 2768 | case WM_MOVE: |
132cb640 | 2769 | processed = HandleMove(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam)); |
42e69d6b | 2770 | break; |
47cbd6da | 2771 | |
7f0586ef | 2772 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
5706de1c | 2773 | case WM_MOVING: |
540b6b09 VZ |
2774 | { |
2775 | LPRECT pRect = (LPRECT)lParam; | |
2776 | wxRect rc; | |
2777 | rc.SetLeft(pRect->left); | |
2778 | rc.SetTop(pRect->top); | |
2779 | rc.SetRight(pRect->right); | |
2780 | rc.SetBottom(pRect->bottom); | |
2781 | processed = HandleMoving(rc); | |
2782 | if (processed) { | |
2783 | pRect->left = rc.GetLeft(); | |
2784 | pRect->top = rc.GetTop(); | |
2785 | pRect->right = rc.GetRight(); | |
2786 | pRect->bottom = rc.GetBottom(); | |
2787 | } | |
2788 | } | |
5706de1c | 2789 | break; |
77211166 | 2790 | |
aa767a45 JS |
2791 | case WM_ENTERSIZEMOVE: |
2792 | { | |
2793 | processed = HandleEnterSizeMove(); | |
2794 | } | |
2795 | break; | |
2796 | ||
2797 | case WM_EXITSIZEMOVE: | |
2798 | { | |
2799 | processed = HandleExitSizeMove(); | |
2800 | } | |
2801 | break; | |
77211166 | 2802 | |
5706de1c JS |
2803 | case WM_SIZING: |
2804 | { | |
2805 | LPRECT pRect = (LPRECT)lParam; | |
2806 | wxRect rc; | |
2807 | rc.SetLeft(pRect->left); | |
2808 | rc.SetTop(pRect->top); | |
2809 | rc.SetRight(pRect->right); | |
2810 | rc.SetBottom(pRect->bottom); | |
2811 | processed = HandleSizing(rc); | |
2812 | if (processed) { | |
2813 | pRect->left = rc.GetLeft(); | |
2814 | pRect->top = rc.GetTop(); | |
2815 | pRect->right = rc.GetRight(); | |
2816 | pRect->bottom = rc.GetBottom(); | |
2817 | } | |
2818 | } | |
2819 | break; | |
9b6ae450 | 2820 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ |
5706de1c | 2821 | |
7f0586ef | 2822 | #if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
1e6feb95 | 2823 | case WM_ACTIVATEAPP: |
afafd942 | 2824 | // This implicitly sends a wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP event |
1e6feb95 | 2825 | wxTheApp->SetActive(wParam != 0, FindFocus()); |
42e69d6b | 2826 | break; |
8a46f9b1 | 2827 | #endif |
47cbd6da | 2828 | |
42e69d6b | 2829 | case WM_ACTIVATE: |
341c92a8 | 2830 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2831 | WXWORD state, minimized; |
2832 | WXHWND hwnd; | |
2833 | UnpackActivate(wParam, lParam, &state, &minimized, &hwnd); | |
2834 | ||
2835 | processed = HandleActivate(state, minimized != 0, (WXHWND)hwnd); | |
341c92a8 | 2836 | } |
42e69d6b | 2837 | break; |
341c92a8 | 2838 | |
42e69d6b | 2839 | case WM_SETFOCUS: |
dca0f651 | 2840 | processed = HandleSetFocus((WXHWND)wParam); |
42e69d6b | 2841 | break; |
47cbd6da | 2842 | |
42e69d6b | 2843 | case WM_KILLFOCUS: |
dca0f651 | 2844 | processed = HandleKillFocus((WXHWND)wParam); |
42e69d6b | 2845 | break; |
47cbd6da | 2846 | |
c3732409 | 2847 | case WM_PRINTCLIENT: |
1a784dfc | 2848 | processed = HandlePrintClient((WXHDC)wParam); |
07c19327 VZ |
2849 | break; |
2850 | ||
c3732409 VZ |
2851 | case WM_PAINT: |
2852 | if ( wParam ) | |
5c6c3176 | 2853 | { |
5c6c3176 | 2854 | wxPaintDCEx dc((wxWindow *)this, (WXHDC)wParam); |
07c19327 | 2855 | |
5c6c3176 RD |
2856 | processed = HandlePaint(); |
2857 | } | |
c3732409 VZ |
2858 | else // no DC given |
2859 | { | |
2860 | processed = HandlePaint(); | |
2861 | } | |
5c6c3176 RD |
2862 | break; |
2863 | ||
42e69d6b | 2864 | case WM_CLOSE: |
9fd9e47a JS |
2865 | #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
2866 | // Universal uses its own wxFrame/wxDialog, so we don't receive | |
2867 | // close events unless we have this. | |
2868 | Close(); | |
c3732409 VZ |
2869 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
2870 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
2871 | // don't let the DefWindowProc() destroy our window - we'll do it |
2872 | // ourselves in ~wxWindow | |
08158721 | 2873 | processed = true; |
42e69d6b VZ |
2874 | rc.result = TRUE; |
2875 | break; | |
47cbd6da | 2876 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2877 | case WM_SHOWWINDOW: |
2878 | processed = HandleShow(wParam != 0, (int)lParam); | |
2879 | break; | |
3a19e16d | 2880 | |
42e69d6b | 2881 | case WM_MOUSEMOVE: |
132cb640 VZ |
2882 | processed = HandleMouseMove(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), |
2883 | GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam), | |
2884 | wParam); | |
2885 | break; | |
0d0512bd | 2886 | |
4e5c6c33 | 2887 | #ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
e5297b7f | 2888 | case WM_MOUSELEAVE: |
aafb9978 VZ |
2889 | // filter out excess WM_MOUSELEAVE events sent after PopupMenu() |
2890 | // (on XP at least) | |
4e5c6c33 | 2891 | if ( m_mouseInWindow ) |
e5297b7f | 2892 | { |
4e5c6c33 | 2893 | GenerateMouseLeave(); |
e5297b7f | 2894 | } |
4e5c6c33 VZ |
2895 | |
2896 | // always pass processed back as false, this allows the window | |
2897 | // manager to process the message too. This is needed to | |
2898 | // ensure windows XP themes work properly as the mouse moves | |
2899 | // over widgets like buttons. So don't set processed to true here. | |
51e4e266 | 2900 | break; |
4e5c6c33 | 2901 | #endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
35bbb0c6 | 2902 | |
d2c52078 RD |
2903 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL |
2904 | case WM_MOUSEWHEEL: | |
b9e52a19 | 2905 | processed = HandleMouseWheel(wxMOUSE_WHEEL_VERTICAL, wParam, lParam); |
d2c52078 | 2906 | break; |
b9e52a19 VZ |
2907 | |
2908 | case WM_MOUSEHWHEEL: | |
2909 | processed = HandleMouseWheel(wxMOUSE_WHEEL_HORIZONTAL, wParam, lParam); | |
2910 | break; | |
2911 | #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL | |
d2c52078 | 2912 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2913 | case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: |
2914 | case WM_LBUTTONUP: | |
2915 | case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
2916 | case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: | |
2917 | case WM_RBUTTONUP: | |
2918 | case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
2919 | case WM_MBUTTONDOWN: | |
2920 | case WM_MBUTTONUP: | |
2921 | case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
2f68482e | 2922 | #ifdef wxHAS_XBUTTON |
01101e2d VZ |
2923 | case WM_XBUTTONDOWN: |
2924 | case WM_XBUTTONUP: | |
2925 | case WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
2f68482e | 2926 | #endif // wxHAS_XBUTTON |
dfafa702 | 2927 | { |
98363307 | 2928 | #ifdef __WXMICROWIN__ |
cd4453e5 VZ |
2929 | // MicroWindows seems to ignore the fact that a window is |
2930 | // disabled. So catch mouse events and throw them away if | |
2931 | // necessary. | |
d0a3d109 | 2932 | wxWindowMSW* win = this; |
dfafa702 | 2933 | for ( ;; ) |
d0a3d109 VZ |
2934 | { |
2935 | if (!win->IsEnabled()) | |
2936 | { | |
08158721 | 2937 | processed = true; |
d0a3d109 VZ |
2938 | break; |
2939 | } | |
dfafa702 | 2940 | |
d0a3d109 | 2941 | win = win->GetParent(); |
dfafa702 | 2942 | if ( !win || win->IsTopLevel() ) |
d0a3d109 VZ |
2943 | break; |
2944 | } | |
dfafa702 | 2945 | |
03e0b2b1 VZ |
2946 | if ( processed ) |
2947 | break; | |
2948 | ||
dfafa702 | 2949 | #endif // __WXMICROWIN__ |
03e0b2b1 VZ |
2950 | int x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), |
2951 | y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam); | |
dfafa702 | 2952 | |
42b1fb63 | 2953 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
03e0b2b1 | 2954 | // redirect the event to a static control if necessary by |
42b1fb63 VZ |
2955 | // finding one under mouse because under CE the static controls |
2956 | // don't generate mouse events (even with SS_NOTIFY) | |
03e0b2b1 VZ |
2957 | wxWindowMSW *win; |
2958 | if ( GetCapture() == this ) | |
2959 | { | |
2960 | // but don't do it if the mouse is captured by this window | |
2961 | // because then it should really get this event itself | |
2962 | win = this; | |
d0a3d109 | 2963 | } |
03e0b2b1 VZ |
2964 | else |
2965 | { | |
2966 | win = FindWindowForMouseEvent(this, &x, &y); | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
2967 | |
2968 | // this should never happen | |
2969 | wxCHECK_MSG( win, 0, | |
9a83f860 | 2970 | wxT("FindWindowForMouseEvent() returned NULL") ); |
9f011847 | 2971 | } |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2972 | #ifdef __POCKETPC__ |
2973 | if (IsContextMenuEnabled() && message == WM_LBUTTONDOWN) | |
2974 | { | |
2975 | SHRGINFO shrgi = {0}; | |
faa94f3e | 2976 | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2977 | shrgi.cbSize = sizeof(SHRGINFO); |
2978 | shrgi.hwndClient = (HWND) GetHWND(); | |
2979 | shrgi.ptDown.x = x; | |
2980 | shrgi.ptDown.y = y; | |
faa94f3e | 2981 | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2982 | shrgi.dwFlags = SHRG_RETURNCMD; |
2983 | // shrgi.dwFlags = SHRG_NOTIFYPARENT; | |
faa94f3e | 2984 | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2985 | if (GN_CONTEXTMENU == ::SHRecognizeGesture(&shrgi)) |
2986 | { | |
2987 | wxPoint pt(x, y); | |
2988 | pt = ClientToScreen(pt); | |
faa94f3e | 2989 | |
7d4f65e3 | 2990 | wxContextMenuEvent evtCtx(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, GetId(), pt); |
faa94f3e | 2991 | |
7d4f65e3 | 2992 | evtCtx.SetEventObject(this); |
937013e0 | 2993 | if (HandleWindowEvent(evtCtx)) |
f350d4b2 | 2994 | { |
7d4f65e3 | 2995 | processed = true; |
f350d4b2 JS |
2996 | return true; |
2997 | } | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2998 | } |
2999 | } | |
3000 | #endif | |
3001 | ||
42b1fb63 VZ |
3002 | #else // !__WXWINCE__ |
3003 | wxWindowMSW *win = this; | |
3004 | #endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__ | |
9f011847 VZ |
3005 | |
3006 | processed = win->HandleMouseEvent(message, x, y, wParam); | |
2b5f62a0 | 3007 | |
9f011847 VZ |
3008 | // if the app didn't eat the event, handle it in the default |
3009 | // way, that is by giving this window the focus | |
3010 | if ( !processed ) | |
3011 | { | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3012 | // for the standard classes their WndProc sets the focus to |
3013 | // them anyhow and doing it from here results in some weird | |
9f011847 | 3014 | // problems, so don't do it for them (unnecessary anyhow) |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3015 | if ( !win->IsOfStandardClass() ) |
3016 | { | |
edc09871 | 3017 | if ( message == WM_LBUTTONDOWN && win->IsFocusable() ) |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3018 | win->SetFocus(); |
3019 | } | |
03e0b2b1 | 3020 | } |
98363307 | 3021 | } |
dfafa702 | 3022 | break; |
d0a3d109 | 3023 | |
cd4453e5 | 3024 | #ifdef MM_JOY1MOVE |
42e69d6b VZ |
3025 | case MM_JOY1MOVE: |
3026 | case MM_JOY2MOVE: | |
3027 | case MM_JOY1ZMOVE: | |
3028 | case MM_JOY2ZMOVE: | |
3029 | case MM_JOY1BUTTONDOWN: | |
3030 | case MM_JOY2BUTTONDOWN: | |
3031 | case MM_JOY1BUTTONUP: | |
3032 | case MM_JOY2BUTTONUP: | |
132cb640 | 3033 | processed = HandleJoystickEvent(message, |
f9aa5235 VZ |
3034 | LOWORD(lParam), |
3035 | HIWORD(lParam), | |
132cb640 | 3036 | wParam); |
42e69d6b | 3037 | break; |
cd4453e5 | 3038 | #endif // __WXMICROWIN__ |
47cbd6da | 3039 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3040 | case WM_COMMAND: |
3041 | { | |
3042 | WORD id, cmd; | |
3043 | WXHWND hwnd; | |
3044 | UnpackCommand(wParam, lParam, &id, &hwnd, &cmd); | |
47cbd6da | 3045 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3046 | processed = HandleCommand(id, cmd, hwnd); |
3047 | } | |
3048 | break; | |
7d532b0c | 3049 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3050 | case WM_NOTIFY: |
3051 | processed = HandleNotify((int)wParam, lParam, &rc.result); | |
3052 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3053 | |
27005f3a VZ |
3054 | // we only need to reply to WM_NOTIFYFORMAT manually when using MSLU, |
3055 | // otherwise DefWindowProc() does it perfectly fine for us, but MSLU | |
3056 | // apparently doesn't always behave properly and needs some help | |
3057 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU && defined(NF_QUERY) | |
3058 | case WM_NOTIFYFORMAT: | |
3059 | if ( lParam == NF_QUERY ) | |
3060 | { | |
3061 | processed = true; | |
3062 | rc.result = NFR_UNICODE; | |
3063 | } | |
3064 | break; | |
3065 | #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU | |
3066 | ||
08158721 | 3067 | // for these messages we must return true if process the message |
cd4453e5 | 3068 | #ifdef WM_DRAWITEM |
42e69d6b | 3069 | case WM_DRAWITEM: |
dca0f651 VZ |
3070 | processed = MSWOnDrawItem(wParam, (WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *)lParam); |
3071 | if ( processed ) | |
3072 | rc.result = TRUE; | |
3073 | break; | |
57a7b7c1 | 3074 | |
dca0f651 VZ |
3075 | case WM_MEASUREITEM: |
3076 | processed = MSWOnMeasureItem(wParam, (WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)lParam); | |
3077 | if ( processed ) | |
3078 | rc.result = TRUE; | |
42e69d6b | 3079 | break; |
cd4453e5 VZ |
3080 | #endif // defined(WM_DRAWITEM) |
3081 | ||
9bf84618 | 3082 | case WM_GETDLGCODE: |
ff7282e1 | 3083 | if ( !IsOfStandardClass() || HasFlag(wxWANTS_CHARS) ) |
9bf84618 | 3084 | { |
5a403e3f VZ |
3085 | // we always want to get the char events |
3086 | rc.result = DLGC_WANTCHARS; | |
3087 | ||
ff7282e1 | 3088 | if ( HasFlag(wxWANTS_CHARS) ) |
5a403e3f VZ |
3089 | { |
3090 | // in fact, we want everything | |
3091 | rc.result |= DLGC_WANTARROWS | | |
3092 | DLGC_WANTTAB | | |
3093 | DLGC_WANTALLKEYS; | |
3094 | } | |
3095 | ||
08158721 | 3096 | processed = true; |
9bf84618 | 3097 | } |
101f488c | 3098 | //else: get the dlg code from the DefWindowProc() |
9bf84618 VZ |
3099 | break; |
3100 | ||
4004f41e | 3101 | case WM_SYSKEYDOWN: |
42e69d6b | 3102 | case WM_KEYDOWN: |
b6885972 | 3103 | // Generate the key down event in any case. |
9c7df356 VZ |
3104 | m_lastKeydownProcessed = HandleKeyDown((WORD) wParam, lParam); |
3105 | if ( m_lastKeydownProcessed ) | |
2d0a075d | 3106 | { |
b6885972 VZ |
3107 | // If it was processed by an event handler, we stop here, |
3108 | // notably we intentionally don't generate char event then. | |
08158721 | 3109 | processed = true; |
2d0a075d | 3110 | } |
b6885972 | 3111 | else // key down event not handled |
42e69d6b | 3112 | { |
b6885972 VZ |
3113 | // Examine the event to decide whether we need to generate a |
3114 | // char event for it ourselves or let Windows do it. Window | |
3115 | // mostly only does it for the keys which produce printable | |
3116 | // characters (although there are exceptions, e.g. VK_ESCAPE or | |
3117 | // VK_BACK (but not VK_DELETE)) while we do it for all keys | |
3118 | // except the modifier ones (the wisdom of this is debatable | |
3119 | // but by now this decision is enshrined forever due to | |
3120 | // backwards compatibility). | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3121 | switch ( wParam ) |
3122 | { | |
b6885972 | 3123 | // No wxEVT_CHAR events are generated for these keys at all. |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3124 | case VK_SHIFT: |
3125 | case VK_CONTROL: | |
3126 | case VK_MENU: | |
3127 | case VK_CAPITAL: | |
3128 | case VK_NUMLOCK: | |
3129 | case VK_SCROLL: | |
2bda0e17 | 3130 | |
b6885972 VZ |
3131 | // Windows will send us WM_CHAR for these ones so we'll |
3132 | // generate wxEVT_CHAR for them later when we get it. | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3133 | case VK_ESCAPE: |
3134 | case VK_SPACE: | |
3135 | case VK_RETURN: | |
3136 | case VK_BACK: | |
3137 | case VK_TAB: | |
3138 | case VK_ADD: | |
3139 | case VK_SUBTRACT: | |
3140 | case VK_MULTIPLY: | |
3141 | case VK_DIVIDE: | |
7fd86b21 | 3142 | case VK_DECIMAL: |
3f2174bb VZ |
3143 | case VK_NUMPAD0: |
3144 | case VK_NUMPAD1: | |
3145 | case VK_NUMPAD2: | |
3146 | case VK_NUMPAD3: | |
3147 | case VK_NUMPAD4: | |
3148 | case VK_NUMPAD5: | |
3149 | case VK_NUMPAD6: | |
3150 | case VK_NUMPAD7: | |
3151 | case VK_NUMPAD8: | |
3152 | case VK_NUMPAD9: | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3153 | case VK_OEM_1: |
3154 | case VK_OEM_2: | |
3155 | case VK_OEM_3: | |
3156 | case VK_OEM_4: | |
3157 | case VK_OEM_5: | |
3158 | case VK_OEM_6: | |
3159 | case VK_OEM_7: | |
fc4070fc | 3160 | case VK_OEM_102: |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3161 | case VK_OEM_PLUS: |
3162 | case VK_OEM_COMMA: | |
3163 | case VK_OEM_MINUS: | |
3164 | case VK_OEM_PERIOD: | |
2b5f62a0 | 3165 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 3166 | |
42e69d6b | 3167 | #ifdef VK_APPS |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3168 | // special case of VK_APPS: treat it the same as right mouse |
3169 | // click because both usually pop up a context menu | |
3170 | case VK_APPS: | |
ae177b45 | 3171 | processed = HandleMouseEvent(WM_RBUTTONDOWN, -1, -1, 0); |
2b5f62a0 | 3172 | break; |
42e69d6b | 3173 | #endif // VK_APPS |
2bda0e17 | 3174 | |
2b5f62a0 | 3175 | default: |
b6885972 VZ |
3176 | if ( (wParam >= '0' && wParam <= '9') || |
3177 | (wParam >= 'A' && wParam <= 'Z') ) | |
3178 | { | |
3179 | // We'll get WM_CHAR for those later too. | |
3180 | break; | |
3181 | } | |
3182 | ||
3183 | // But for the rest we won't get WM_CHAR later so we do | |
3184 | // need to generate the event right now. | |
3185 | wxKeyEvent event(wxEVT_CHAR); | |
3186 | InitAnyKeyEvent(event, wParam, lParam); | |
3187 | ||
3188 | // Set the "extended" bit in lParam because we want to | |
3189 | // generate CHAR events with WXK_HOME and not | |
3190 | // WXK_NUMPAD_HOME even if the "Home" key on numpad was | |
3191 | // pressed. | |
0c03f52d | 3192 | event.m_keyCode = wxMSWKeyboard::VKToWX |
b6885972 VZ |
3193 | ( |
3194 | wParam, | |
3195 | lParam | (KF_EXTENDED << 16) | |
3196 | ); | |
033428a3 VZ |
3197 | |
3198 | // Don't produce events without any valid character | |
3199 | // code (even if this shouldn't normally happen...). | |
3200 | if ( event.m_keyCode != WXK_NONE ) | |
3201 | processed = HandleWindowEvent(event); | |
2b5f62a0 | 3202 | } |
42e69d6b | 3203 | } |
2b5f62a0 | 3204 | if (message == WM_SYSKEYDOWN) // Let Windows still handle the SYSKEYs |
08158721 | 3205 | processed = false; |
42e69d6b | 3206 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 3207 | |
4004f41e | 3208 | case WM_SYSKEYUP: |
42e69d6b | 3209 | case WM_KEYUP: |
4aff28fc VZ |
3210 | #ifdef VK_APPS |
3211 | // special case of VK_APPS: treat it the same as right mouse button | |
3212 | if ( wParam == VK_APPS ) | |
3213 | { | |
ae177b45 | 3214 | processed = HandleMouseEvent(WM_RBUTTONUP, -1, -1, 0); |
4aff28fc VZ |
3215 | } |
3216 | else | |
3217 | #endif // VK_APPS | |
3218 | { | |
3219 | processed = HandleKeyUp((WORD) wParam, lParam); | |
3220 | } | |
42e69d6b | 3221 | break; |
debe6624 | 3222 | |
170cbe33 | 3223 | case WM_SYSCHAR: |
42e69d6b | 3224 | case WM_CHAR: // Always an ASCII character |
d9f14e16 RD |
3225 | if ( m_lastKeydownProcessed ) |
3226 | { | |
3227 | // The key was handled in the EVT_KEY_DOWN and handling | |
3228 | // a key in an EVT_KEY_DOWN handler is meant, by | |
3229 | // design, to prevent EVT_CHARs from happening | |
08158721 DS |
3230 | m_lastKeydownProcessed = false; |
3231 | processed = true; | |
d9f14e16 RD |
3232 | } |
3233 | else | |
7de5bdf4 | 3234 | { |
b6885972 | 3235 | processed = HandleChar((WORD)wParam, lParam); |
7de5bdf4 | 3236 | } |
42e69d6b | 3237 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 3238 | |
982bc2e4 VZ |
3239 | case WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION: |
3240 | // IME popup needs Escape as it should undo the changes in its | |
3241 | // entry window instead of e.g. closing the dialog for which the | |
3242 | // IME is used (and losing all the changes in the IME window). | |
3243 | gs_modalEntryWindowCount++; | |
3244 | break; | |
3245 | ||
3246 | case WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION: | |
3247 | gs_modalEntryWindowCount--; | |
3248 | break; | |
3249 | ||
5048c832 JS |
3250 | #if wxUSE_HOTKEY |
3251 | case WM_HOTKEY: | |
3252 | processed = HandleHotKey((WORD)wParam, lParam); | |
3253 | break; | |
540b6b09 | 3254 | #endif // wxUSE_HOTKEY |
5048c832 | 3255 | |
b65f16da VS |
3256 | case WM_CUT: |
3257 | case WM_COPY: | |
3258 | case WM_PASTE: | |
3259 | processed = HandleClipboardEvent(message); | |
3260 | break; | |
3261 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3262 | case WM_HSCROLL: |
3263 | case WM_VSCROLL: | |
a23fd0e1 | 3264 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
3265 | WXWORD code, pos; |
3266 | WXHWND hwnd; | |
3267 | UnpackScroll(wParam, lParam, &code, &pos, &hwnd); | |
2bda0e17 | 3268 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3269 | processed = MSWOnScroll(message == WM_HSCROLL ? wxHORIZONTAL |
3270 | : wxVERTICAL, | |
3271 | code, pos, hwnd); | |
a23fd0e1 | 3272 | } |
42e69d6b | 3273 | break; |
a23fd0e1 | 3274 | |
42e69d6b | 3275 | // CTLCOLOR messages are sent by children to query the parent for their |
01c500af | 3276 | // colors |
04ef50df | 3277 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
42e69d6b VZ |
3278 | case WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX: |
3279 | case WM_CTLCOLOREDIT: | |
3280 | case WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX: | |
3281 | case WM_CTLCOLORBTN: | |
3282 | case WM_CTLCOLORDLG: | |
3283 | case WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR: | |
3284 | case WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC: | |
a23fd0e1 | 3285 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
3286 | WXHDC hdc; |
3287 | WXHWND hwnd; | |
01c500af | 3288 | UnpackCtlColor(wParam, lParam, &hdc, &hwnd); |
42e69d6b | 3289 | |
48fa6bd3 | 3290 | processed = HandleCtlColor(&rc.hBrush, (WXHDC)hdc, (WXHWND)hwnd); |
a23fd0e1 | 3291 | } |
42e69d6b | 3292 | break; |
cd4453e5 | 3293 | #endif // !__WXMICROWIN__ |
debe6624 | 3294 | |
42e69d6b | 3295 | case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE: |
90c1530a | 3296 | // the return value for this message is ignored |
42e69d6b VZ |
3297 | processed = HandleSysColorChange(); |
3298 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3299 | |
7f0586ef | 3300 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
574c939e KB |
3301 | case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE: |
3302 | processed = HandleDisplayChange(); | |
3303 | break; | |
7f0586ef | 3304 | #endif |
574c939e | 3305 | |
42e69d6b | 3306 | case WM_PALETTECHANGED: |
dca0f651 | 3307 | processed = HandlePaletteChanged((WXHWND)wParam); |
42e69d6b | 3308 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 3309 | |
a5e84126 | 3310 | case WM_CAPTURECHANGED: |
dca0f651 | 3311 | processed = HandleCaptureChanged((WXHWND)lParam); |
a5e84126 JS |
3312 | break; |
3313 | ||
3c96418b JG |
3314 | case WM_SETTINGCHANGE: |
3315 | processed = HandleSettingChange(wParam, lParam); | |
3316 | break; | |
3317 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3318 | case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE: |
3319 | processed = HandleQueryNewPalette(); | |
3320 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3321 | |
42e69d6b | 3322 | case WM_ERASEBKGND: |
bec9bf3e VZ |
3323 | { |
3324 | #ifdef wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK | |
3325 | // check if an override was configured for this window | |
3326 | EraseBgHooks::const_iterator it = gs_eraseBgHooks.find(this); | |
3327 | if ( it != gs_eraseBgHooks.end() ) | |
3328 | processed = it->second->MSWEraseBgHook((WXHDC)wParam); | |
3329 | else | |
3330 | #endif // wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK | |
3331 | processed = HandleEraseBkgnd((WXHDC)wParam); | |
3332 | } | |
3333 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3334 | if ( processed ) |
3335 | { | |
3336 | // we processed the message, i.e. erased the background | |
3337 | rc.result = TRUE; | |
3338 | } | |
3339 | break; | |
debe6624 | 3340 | |
7f0586ef | 3341 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
42e69d6b VZ |
3342 | case WM_DROPFILES: |
3343 | processed = HandleDropFiles(wParam); | |
3344 | break; | |
7f0586ef | 3345 | #endif |
2bda0e17 | 3346 | |
42e69d6b | 3347 | case WM_INITDIALOG: |
dca0f651 | 3348 | processed = HandleInitDialog((WXHWND)wParam); |
a23fd0e1 | 3349 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3350 | if ( processed ) |
3351 | { | |
3352 | // we never set focus from here | |
3353 | rc.result = FALSE; | |
3354 | } | |
3355 | break; | |
a23fd0e1 | 3356 | |
7f0586ef | 3357 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
42e69d6b VZ |
3358 | case WM_QUERYENDSESSION: |
3359 | processed = HandleQueryEndSession(lParam, &rc.allow); | |
3360 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3361 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3362 | case WM_ENDSESSION: |
3363 | processed = HandleEndSession(wParam != 0, lParam); | |
3364 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3365 | |
42e69d6b | 3366 | case WM_GETMINMAXINFO: |
25889d3c | 3367 | processed = HandleGetMinMaxInfo((MINMAXINFO*)lParam); |
42e69d6b | 3368 | break; |
7f0586ef | 3369 | #endif |
debe6624 | 3370 | |
42e69d6b | 3371 | case WM_SETCURSOR: |
dca0f651 | 3372 | processed = HandleSetCursor((WXHWND)wParam, |
42e69d6b VZ |
3373 | LOWORD(lParam), // hit test |
3374 | HIWORD(lParam)); // mouse msg | |
3375 | ||
3376 | if ( processed ) | |
3377 | { | |
3378 | // returning TRUE stops the DefWindowProc() from further | |
3379 | // processing this message - exactly what we need because we've | |
3380 | // just set the cursor. | |
3381 | rc.result = TRUE; | |
3382 | } | |
3383 | break; | |
4cdc2c13 | 3384 | |
ed5317e5 JS |
3385 | #if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY |
3386 | case WM_GETOBJECT: | |
3387 | { | |
3388 | //WPARAM dwFlags = (WPARAM) (DWORD) wParam; | |
3389 | LPARAM dwObjId = (LPARAM) (DWORD) lParam; | |
3390 | ||
66b9ec3d | 3391 | if (dwObjId == (LPARAM)OBJID_CLIENT && GetOrCreateAccessible()) |
ed5317e5 JS |
3392 | { |
3393 | return LresultFromObject(IID_IAccessible, wParam, (IUnknown*) GetAccessible()->GetIAccessible()); | |
3394 | } | |
3395 | break; | |
3396 | } | |
3397 | #endif | |
3398 | ||
e39af974 | 3399 | #if defined(WM_HELP) |
b96340e6 | 3400 | case WM_HELP: |
b96340e6 | 3401 | { |
a9c11b71 VZ |
3402 | // by default, WM_HELP is propagated by DefWindowProc() upwards |
3403 | // to the window parent but as we do it ourselves already | |
3404 | // (wxHelpEvent is derived from wxCommandEvent), we don't want | |
3405 | // to get the other events if we process this message at all | |
3406 | processed = true; | |
3407 | ||
3408 | // WM_HELP doesn't use lParam under CE | |
7f0586ef | 3409 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
4cdc2c13 | 3410 | HELPINFO* info = (HELPINFO*) lParam; |
a9c11b71 | 3411 | if ( info->iContextType == HELPINFO_WINDOW ) |
b96340e6 | 3412 | { |
a9c11b71 VZ |
3413 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ |
3414 | wxHelpEvent helpEvent | |
3415 | ( | |
3416 | wxEVT_HELP, | |
3417 | GetId(), | |
7f0586ef | 3418 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
2d4ec362 | 3419 | wxGetMousePosition() // what else? |
7f0586ef | 3420 | #else |
a9c11b71 | 3421 | wxPoint(info->MousePos.x, info->MousePos.y) |
7f0586ef | 3422 | #endif |
a9c11b71 | 3423 | ); |
b96340e6 | 3424 | |
a9c11b71 | 3425 | helpEvent.SetEventObject(this); |
937013e0 | 3426 | HandleWindowEvent(helpEvent); |
7f0586ef | 3427 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
b96340e6 | 3428 | } |
a9c11b71 | 3429 | else if ( info->iContextType == HELPINFO_MENUITEM ) |
4cdc2c13 VZ |
3430 | { |
3431 | wxHelpEvent helpEvent(wxEVT_HELP, info->iCtrlId); | |
3432 | helpEvent.SetEventObject(this); | |
937013e0 | 3433 | HandleWindowEvent(helpEvent); |
69231000 | 3434 | |
4cdc2c13 | 3435 | } |
a9c11b71 VZ |
3436 | else // unknown help event? |
3437 | { | |
3438 | processed = false; | |
3439 | } | |
3440 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ | |
b96340e6 | 3441 | } |
b96340e6 | 3442 | break; |
a9c11b71 | 3443 | #endif // WM_HELP |
4cdc2c13 | 3444 | |
7f0586ef | 3445 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
69231000 | 3446 | case WM_CONTEXTMENU: |
4cdc2c13 VZ |
3447 | { |
3448 | // we don't convert from screen to client coordinates as | |
3449 | // the event may be handled by a parent window | |
3450 | wxPoint pt(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam)); | |
3451 | ||
3452 | wxContextMenuEvent evtCtx(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, GetId(), pt); | |
2d1715aa VZ |
3453 | |
3454 | // we could have got an event from our child, reflect it back | |
3455 | // to it if this is the case | |
d85c53a5 | 3456 | wxWindowMSW *win = NULL; |
dca0f651 VZ |
3457 | WXHWND hWnd = (WXHWND)wParam; |
3458 | if ( hWnd != m_hWnd ) | |
2d1715aa | 3459 | { |
dca0f651 | 3460 | win = FindItemByHWND(hWnd); |
2d1715aa VZ |
3461 | } |
3462 | ||
3463 | if ( !win ) | |
3464 | win = this; | |
3465 | ||
3466 | evtCtx.SetEventObject(win); | |
937013e0 | 3467 | processed = win->HandleWindowEvent(evtCtx); |
4cdc2c13 | 3468 | } |
69231000 | 3469 | break; |
7f0586ef | 3470 | #endif |
b74cce40 | 3471 | |
53a118d6 | 3472 | #if wxUSE_MENUS |
b74cce40 VZ |
3473 | case WM_MENUCHAR: |
3474 | // we're only interested in our own menus, not MF_SYSMENU | |
3475 | if ( HIWORD(wParam) == MF_POPUP ) | |
3476 | { | |
3477 | // handle menu chars for ownerdrawn menu items | |
3478 | int i = HandleMenuChar(toupper(LOWORD(wParam)), lParam); | |
3479 | if ( i != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3480 | { | |
3481 | rc.result = MAKELRESULT(i, MNC_EXECUTE); | |
08158721 | 3482 | processed = true; |
b74cce40 VZ |
3483 | } |
3484 | } | |
3485 | break; | |
53a118d6 | 3486 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS |
355debca | 3487 | |
dbc74bcc | 3488 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
355debca VZ |
3489 | case WM_POWERBROADCAST: |
3490 | { | |
3491 | bool vetoed; | |
3492 | processed = HandlePower(wParam, lParam, &vetoed); | |
3493 | rc.result = processed && vetoed ? BROADCAST_QUERY_DENY : TRUE; | |
3494 | } | |
3495 | break; | |
dbc74bcc | 3496 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ |
5acec112 | 3497 | |
a047aff2 JS |
3498 | #if wxUSE_UXTHEME |
3499 | // If we want the default themed border then we need to draw it ourselves | |
3500 | case WM_NCCALCSIZE: | |
3501 | { | |
3502 | wxUxThemeEngine* theme = wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive(); | |
dc797d8e JS |
3503 | const wxBorder border = TranslateBorder(GetBorder()); |
3504 | if (theme && border == wxBORDER_THEME) | |
a047aff2 JS |
3505 | { |
3506 | // first ask the widget to calculate the border size | |
3507 | rc.result = MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam); | |
3508 | processed = true; | |
3509 | ||
e822d1bd VZ |
3510 | // now alter the client size making room for drawing a |
3511 | // themed border | |
dca0f651 | 3512 | RECT *rect; |
140d93c0 | 3513 | NCCALCSIZE_PARAMS *csparam = NULL; |
dca0f651 | 3514 | if ( wParam ) |
a047aff2 | 3515 | { |
140d93c0 | 3516 | csparam = (NCCALCSIZE_PARAMS *)lParam; |
dca0f651 | 3517 | rect = &csparam->rgrc[0]; |
a047aff2 JS |
3518 | } |
3519 | else | |
3520 | { | |
dca0f651 | 3521 | rect = (RECT *)lParam; |
a047aff2 | 3522 | } |
dca0f651 | 3523 | |
fe545198 | 3524 | wxUxThemeHandle hTheme((const wxWindow *)this, L"EDIT"); |
a047aff2 | 3525 | RECT rcClient = { 0, 0, 0, 0 }; |
d935b421 | 3526 | wxClientDC dc((wxWindow *)this); |
888dde65 | 3527 | wxMSWDCImpl *impl = (wxMSWDCImpl*) dc.GetImpl(); |
a047aff2 | 3528 | |
dca0f651 VZ |
3529 | if ( theme->GetThemeBackgroundContentRect |
3530 | ( | |
3531 | hTheme, | |
3532 | GetHdcOf(*impl), | |
3533 | EP_EDITTEXT, | |
3534 | ETS_NORMAL, | |
3535 | rect, | |
3536 | &rcClient) == S_OK ) | |
a047aff2 JS |
3537 | { |
3538 | InflateRect(&rcClient, -1, -1); | |
140d93c0 JS |
3539 | if (wParam) |
3540 | csparam->rgrc[0] = rcClient; | |
3541 | else | |
3542 | *((RECT*)lParam) = rcClient; | |
3543 | ||
3544 | // WVR_REDRAW triggers a bug whereby child windows are moved up and left, | |
3545 | // so don't use. | |
3546 | // rc.result = WVR_REDRAW; | |
a047aff2 JS |
3547 | } |
3548 | } | |
3549 | } | |
3550 | break; | |
3551 | ||
3552 | case WM_NCPAINT: | |
3553 | { | |
3554 | wxUxThemeEngine* theme = wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive(); | |
dc797d8e JS |
3555 | const wxBorder border = TranslateBorder(GetBorder()); |
3556 | if (theme && border == wxBORDER_THEME) | |
a047aff2 JS |
3557 | { |
3558 | // first ask the widget to paint its non-client area, such as scrollbars, etc. | |
3559 | rc.result = MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam); | |
3560 | processed = true; | |
3561 | ||
fe545198 | 3562 | wxUxThemeHandle hTheme((const wxWindow *)this, L"EDIT"); |
d935b421 | 3563 | wxWindowDC dc((wxWindow *)this); |
888dde65 | 3564 | wxMSWDCImpl *impl = (wxMSWDCImpl*) dc.GetImpl(); |
a047aff2 JS |
3565 | |
3566 | // Clip the DC so that you only draw on the non-client area | |
3567 | RECT rcBorder; | |
3568 | wxCopyRectToRECT(GetSize(), rcBorder); | |
3569 | ||
3570 | RECT rcClient; | |
3571 | theme->GetThemeBackgroundContentRect( | |
888dde65 | 3572 | hTheme, GetHdcOf(*impl), EP_EDITTEXT, ETS_NORMAL, &rcBorder, &rcClient); |
a047aff2 JS |
3573 | InflateRect(&rcClient, -1, -1); |
3574 | ||
888dde65 | 3575 | ::ExcludeClipRect(GetHdcOf(*impl), rcClient.left, rcClient.top, |
a047aff2 JS |
3576 | rcClient.right, rcClient.bottom); |
3577 | ||
3578 | // Make sure the background is in a proper state | |
3579 | if (theme->IsThemeBackgroundPartiallyTransparent(hTheme, EP_EDITTEXT, ETS_NORMAL)) | |
3580 | { | |
888dde65 | 3581 | theme->DrawThemeParentBackground(GetHwnd(), GetHdcOf(*impl), &rcBorder); |
a047aff2 JS |
3582 | } |
3583 | ||
3584 | // Draw the border | |
3585 | int nState; | |
3586 | if ( !IsEnabled() ) | |
3587 | nState = ETS_DISABLED; | |
3588 | // should we check this? | |
3589 | //else if ( ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE) & ES_READONLY) | |
3590 | // nState = ETS_READONLY; | |
3591 | else | |
3592 | nState = ETS_NORMAL; | |
888dde65 | 3593 | theme->DrawThemeBackground(hTheme, GetHdcOf(*impl), EP_EDITTEXT, nState, &rcBorder, NULL); |
a047aff2 JS |
3594 | } |
3595 | } | |
3596 | break; | |
3597 | ||
3598 | #endif // wxUSE_UXTHEME | |
3599 | ||
5acec112 VZ |
3600 | default: |
3601 | // try a custom message handler | |
3602 | const MSWMessageHandlers::const_iterator | |
3603 | i = gs_messageHandlers.find(message); | |
3604 | if ( i != gs_messageHandlers.end() ) | |
3605 | { | |
3606 | processed = (*i->second)(this, message, wParam, lParam); | |
3607 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 3608 | } |
2d0a075d | 3609 | |
42e69d6b | 3610 | if ( !processed ) |
2e1cee23 VZ |
3611 | return false; |
3612 | ||
3613 | *result = rc.result; | |
3614 | ||
3615 | return true; | |
3616 | } | |
3617 | ||
3618 | WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) | |
3619 | { | |
3620 | WXLRESULT result; | |
3621 | if ( !MSWHandleMessage(&result, message, wParam, lParam) ) | |
2d0a075d | 3622 | { |
4b6a582b | 3623 | #if wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2 |
5ec3853f | 3624 | wxLogTrace("winmsg", wxT("Forwarding %s to DefWindowProc."), |
42e69d6b | 3625 | wxGetMessageName(message)); |
4b6a582b | 3626 | #endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2 |
2e1cee23 | 3627 | result = MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam); |
a23fd0e1 | 3628 | } |
2bda0e17 | 3629 | |
2e1cee23 | 3630 | return result; |
2bda0e17 KB |
3631 | } |
3632 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3633 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3634 | // wxWindow <-> HWND map | |
3635 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2bda0e17 | 3636 | |
dca0f651 | 3637 | wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(HWND hwnd) |
4ce81a75 | 3638 | { |
dca0f651 VZ |
3639 | WindowHandles::const_iterator i = gs_windowHandles.find(hwnd); |
3640 | return i == gs_windowHandles.end() ? NULL : i->second; | |
42e69d6b | 3641 | } |
4ce81a75 | 3642 | |
dca0f651 | 3643 | void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hwnd, wxWindowMSW *win) |
42e69d6b | 3644 | { |
dca0f651 | 3645 | // adding NULL hwnd is (first) surely a result of an error and |
42e69d6b | 3646 | // (secondly) breaks menu command processing |
dca0f651 VZ |
3647 | wxCHECK_RET( hwnd != (HWND)NULL, |
3648 | wxT("attempt to add a NULL hwnd to window list ignored") ); | |
4ce81a75 | 3649 | |
4b6a582b | 3650 | #if wxDEBUG_LEVEL |
dca0f651 VZ |
3651 | WindowHandles::const_iterator i = gs_windowHandles.find(hwnd); |
3652 | if ( i != gs_windowHandles.end() ) | |
c7527e3f | 3653 | { |
dca0f651 VZ |
3654 | if ( i->second != win ) |
3655 | { | |
4b6a582b VZ |
3656 | wxFAIL_MSG( |
3657 | wxString::Format( | |
3658 | wxT("HWND %p already associated with another window (%s)"), | |
3659 | hwnd, win->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName() | |
3660 | ) | |
3661 | ); | |
dca0f651 VZ |
3662 | } |
3663 | //else: this actually happens currently because we associate the window | |
3664 | // with its HWND during creation (if we create it) and also when | |
3665 | // SubclassWin() is called later, this is ok | |
c7527e3f | 3666 | } |
4b6a582b | 3667 | #endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL |
dca0f651 | 3668 | |
936bb82e | 3669 | gs_windowHandles[hwnd] = (wxWindow *)win; |
42e69d6b | 3670 | } |
4ce81a75 | 3671 | |
1e6feb95 | 3672 | void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindowMSW *win) |
42e69d6b | 3673 | { |
dca0f651 | 3674 | gs_windowHandles.erase(GetHwndOf(win)); |
4ce81a75 JS |
3675 | } |
3676 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3677 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3678 | // various MSW speciic class dependent functions | |
3679 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3680 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3681 | // Default destroyer - override if you destroy it in some other way |
3682 | // (e.g. with MDI child windows) | |
1e6feb95 | 3683 | void wxWindowMSW::MSWDestroyWindow() |
4ce81a75 | 3684 | { |
42e69d6b | 3685 | } |
4ce81a75 | 3686 | |
fa5f4858 | 3687 | void wxWindowMSW::MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(const wxPoint& pos, |
b225f659 VZ |
3688 | const wxSize& size, |
3689 | int& x, int& y, | |
3690 | int& w, int& h) const | |
2bda0e17 | 3691 | { |
fa5f4858 VZ |
3692 | // CW_USEDEFAULT can't be used for child windows so just position them at |
3693 | // the origin by default | |
3694 | x = pos.x == wxDefaultCoord ? 0 : pos.x; | |
3695 | y = pos.y == wxDefaultCoord ? 0 : pos.y; | |
2a77c8c4 | 3696 | |
fa5f4858 | 3697 | AdjustForParentClientOrigin(x, y); |
c085e333 | 3698 | |
fa5f4858 VZ |
3699 | // We don't have any clearly good choice for the size by default neither |
3700 | // but we must use something non-zero. | |
3701 | w = WidthDefault(size.x); | |
3702 | h = HeightDefault(size.y); | |
2bda0e17 | 3703 | |
b889a3a2 VZ |
3704 | /* |
3705 | NB: there used to be some code here which set the initial size of the | |
3706 | window to the client size of the parent if no explicit size was | |
77ffb593 | 3707 | specified. This was wrong because wxWidgets programs often assume |
b889a3a2 VZ |
3708 | that they get a WM_SIZE (EVT_SIZE) upon creation, however this broke |
3709 | it. To see why, you should understand that Windows sends WM_SIZE from | |
3710 | inside ::CreateWindow() anyhow. However, ::CreateWindow() is called | |
3711 | from some base class ctor and so this WM_SIZE is not processed in the | |
3712 | real class' OnSize() (because it's not fully constructed yet and the | |
3713 | event goes to some base class OnSize() instead). So the WM_SIZE we | |
3714 | rely on is the one sent when the parent frame resizes its children | |
3715 | but here is the problem: if the child already has just the right | |
77ffb593 | 3716 | size, nothing will happen as both wxWidgets and Windows check for |
b889a3a2 VZ |
3717 | this and ignore any attempts to change the window size to the size it |
3718 | already has - so no WM_SIZE would be sent. | |
3719 | */ | |
b225f659 VZ |
3720 | } |
3721 | ||
9dfef5ac VZ |
3722 | WXHWND wxWindowMSW::MSWGetParent() const |
3723 | { | |
d285d708 | 3724 | return m_parent ? m_parent->GetHWND() : WXHWND(NULL); |
9dfef5ac VZ |
3725 | } |
3726 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3727 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCreate(const wxChar *wclass, |
3728 | const wxChar *title, | |
3729 | const wxPoint& pos, | |
3730 | const wxSize& size, | |
3731 | WXDWORD style, | |
3732 | WXDWORD extendedStyle) | |
3733 | { | |
23035521 VZ |
3734 | // check a common bug in the user code: if the window is created with a |
3735 | // non-default ctor and Create() is called too, we'd create 2 HWND for a | |
3736 | // single wxWindow object and this results in all sorts of trouble, | |
3737 | // especially for wxTLWs | |
3738 | wxCHECK_MSG( !m_hWnd, true, "window can't be recreated" ); | |
3739 | ||
d9698bd4 VZ |
3740 | // this can happen if this function is called using the return value of |
3741 | // wxApp::GetRegisteredClassName() which failed | |
3742 | wxCHECK_MSG( wclass, false, "failed to register window class?" ); | |
3743 | ||
3744 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3745 | // choose the position/size for the new window |
3746 | int x, y, w, h; | |
3747 | (void)MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(pos, size, x, y, w, h); | |
3748 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3749 | // controlId is menu handle for the top level windows, so set it to 0 |
3750 | // unless we're creating a child window | |
f586fde3 | 3751 | int controlId = style & WS_CHILD ? GetId() : 0; |
2bda0e17 | 3752 | |
b225f659 VZ |
3753 | // for each class "Foo" we have we also have "FooNR" ("no repaint") class |
3754 | // which is the same but without CS_[HV]REDRAW class styles so using it | |
3755 | // ensures that the window is not fully repainted on each resize | |
3756 | wxString className(wclass); | |
e441e1f4 | 3757 | if ( !HasFlag(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) ) |
b225f659 | 3758 | { |
d9698bd4 | 3759 | className += wxApp::GetNoRedrawClassSuffix(); |
a23fd0e1 | 3760 | } |
c085e333 | 3761 | |
b225f659 VZ |
3762 | // do create the window |
3763 | wxWindowCreationHook hook(this); | |
b3daa5a3 | 3764 | |
5e67eb97 VZ |
3765 | m_hWnd = (WXHWND)::CreateWindowEx |
3766 | ( | |
3767 | extendedStyle, | |
017dc06b VZ |
3768 | className.t_str(), |
3769 | title ? title : m_windowName.t_str(), | |
5e67eb97 VZ |
3770 | style, |
3771 | x, y, w, h, | |
3772 | (HWND)MSWGetParent(), | |
dca0f651 | 3773 | (HMENU)wxUIntToPtr(controlId), |
5e67eb97 VZ |
3774 | wxGetInstance(), |
3775 | NULL // no extra data | |
3776 | ); | |
b225f659 VZ |
3777 | |
3778 | if ( !m_hWnd ) | |
c7527e3f | 3779 | { |
5e67eb97 | 3780 | wxLogSysError(_("Can't create window of class %s"), className.c_str()); |
b225f659 | 3781 | |
08158721 | 3782 | return false; |
c7527e3f | 3783 | } |
b3daa5a3 | 3784 | |
b225f659 | 3785 | SubclassWin(m_hWnd); |
c085e333 | 3786 | |
08158721 | 3787 | return true; |
2bda0e17 KB |
3788 | } |
3789 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3790 | // =========================================================================== |
3791 | // MSW message handlers | |
3792 | // =========================================================================== | |
3793 | ||
3794 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3795 | // WM_NOTIFY | |
3796 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3797 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3798 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result) |
2bda0e17 | 3799 | { |
04ef50df | 3800 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
42e69d6b VZ |
3801 | LPNMHDR hdr = (LPNMHDR)lParam; |
3802 | HWND hWnd = hdr->hwndFrom; | |
dca0f651 | 3803 | wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hWnd); |
42e69d6b | 3804 | |
2b15b970 | 3805 | // if the control is one of our windows, let it handle the message itself |
42e69d6b | 3806 | if ( win ) |
564b2609 | 3807 | { |
42e69d6b | 3808 | return win->MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result); |
564b2609 | 3809 | } |
2bda0e17 | 3810 | |
2b15b970 VZ |
3811 | // VZ: why did we do it? normally this is unnecessary and, besides, it |
3812 | // breaks the message processing for the toolbars because the tooltip | |
3813 | // notifications were being forwarded to the toolbar child controls | |
3814 | // (if it had any) before being passed to the toolbar itself, so in my | |
3815 | // example the tooltip for the combobox was always shown instead of the | |
3816 | // correct button tooltips | |
3817 | #if 0 | |
42e69d6b | 3818 | // try all our children |
222ed1d6 | 3819 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
42e69d6b | 3820 | while ( node ) |
564b2609 | 3821 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
3822 | wxWindow *child = node->GetData(); |
3823 | if ( child->MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result) ) | |
3824 | { | |
08158721 | 3825 | return true; |
42e69d6b | 3826 | } |
2d0a075d | 3827 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3828 | node = node->GetNext(); |
3829 | } | |
2b15b970 | 3830 | #endif // 0 |
2d0a075d | 3831 | |
2b15b970 | 3832 | // by default, handle it ourselves |
42e69d6b | 3833 | return MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result); |
cd4453e5 | 3834 | #else // __WXMICROWIN__ |
08158721 | 3835 | return false; |
04ef50df | 3836 | #endif |
42e69d6b | 3837 | } |
2d0a075d | 3838 | |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3839 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
3840 | ||
3841 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleTooltipNotify(WXUINT code, | |
3842 | WXLPARAM lParam, | |
3843 | const wxString& ttip) | |
3844 | { | |
3845 | // I don't know why it happens, but the versions of comctl32.dll starting | |
3846 | // from 4.70 sometimes send TTN_NEEDTEXTW even to ANSI programs (normally, | |
3847 | // this message is supposed to be sent to Unicode programs only) -- hence | |
3848 | // we need to handle it as well, otherwise no tooltips will be shown in | |
3849 | // this case | |
7f0586ef | 3850 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
118208ac VZ |
3851 | if ( !(code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTA || code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTW) |
3852 | || ttip.empty() ) | |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3853 | { |
3854 | // not a tooltip message or no tooltip to show anyhow | |
08158721 | 3855 | return false; |
bd9cd534 | 3856 | } |
7f0586ef | 3857 | #endif |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3858 | |
3859 | LPTOOLTIPTEXT ttText = (LPTOOLTIPTEXT)lParam; | |
3860 | ||
118208ac VZ |
3861 | // We don't want to use the szText buffer because it has a limit of 80 |
3862 | // bytes and this is not enough, especially for Unicode build where it | |
3863 | // limits the tooltip string length to only 40 characters | |
3864 | // | |
3865 | // The best would be, of course, to not impose any length limitations at | |
3866 | // all but then the buffer would have to be dynamic and someone would have | |
3867 | // to free it and we don't have the tooltip owner object here any more, so | |
3868 | // for now use our own static buffer with a higher fixed max length. | |
3869 | // | |
3870 | // Note that using a static buffer should not be a problem as only a single | |
3871 | // tooltip can be shown at the same time anyhow. | |
2b5f62a0 | 3872 | #if !wxUSE_UNICODE |
118208ac | 3873 | if ( code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTW ) |
bd9cd534 | 3874 | { |
118208ac VZ |
3875 | // We need to convert tooltip from multi byte to Unicode on the fly. |
3876 | static wchar_t buf[513]; | |
25c46fda | 3877 | |
118208ac VZ |
3878 | // Truncate tooltip length if needed as otherwise we might not have |
3879 | // enough space for it in the buffer and MultiByteToWideChar() would | |
3880 | // return an error | |
fec9cc08 | 3881 | size_t tipLength = wxMin(ttip.length(), WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1); |
7afebc8c JS |
3882 | |
3883 | // Convert to WideChar without adding the NULL character. The NULL | |
25c46fda | 3884 | // character is added afterwards (this is more efficient). |
118208ac VZ |
3885 | int len = ::MultiByteToWideChar |
3886 | ( | |
3887 | CP_ACP, | |
3888 | 0, // no flags | |
017dc06b | 3889 | ttip.t_str(), |
118208ac VZ |
3890 | tipLength, |
3891 | buf, | |
3892 | WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1 | |
3893 | ); | |
3894 | ||
3895 | if ( !len ) | |
3896 | { | |
9a83f860 | 3897 | wxLogLastError(wxT("MultiByteToWideChar()")); |
118208ac | 3898 | } |
7afebc8c | 3899 | |
118208ac VZ |
3900 | buf[len] = L'\0'; |
3901 | ttText->lpszText = (LPSTR) buf; | |
3902 | } | |
3903 | else // TTN_NEEDTEXTA | |
3904 | #endif // !wxUSE_UNICODE | |
3905 | { | |
3906 | // we get here if we got TTN_NEEDTEXTA (only happens in ANSI build) or | |
3907 | // if we got TTN_NEEDTEXTW in Unicode build: in this case we just have | |
3908 | // to copy the string we have into the buffer | |
3909 | static wxChar buf[513]; | |
e408bf52 | 3910 | wxStrlcpy(buf, ttip.c_str(), WXSIZEOF(buf)); |
118208ac | 3911 | ttText->lpszText = buf; |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3912 | } |
3913 | ||
08158721 | 3914 | return true; |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3915 | } |
3916 | ||
3917 | #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS | |
3918 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3919 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnNotify(int WXUNUSED(idCtrl), |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3920 | WXLPARAM lParam, |
3921 | WXLPARAM* WXUNUSED(result)) | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3922 | { |
3923 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS | |
bd9cd534 | 3924 | if ( m_tooltip ) |
42e69d6b | 3925 | { |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3926 | NMHDR* hdr = (NMHDR *)lParam; |
3927 | if ( HandleTooltipNotify(hdr->code, lParam, m_tooltip->GetTip())) | |
3928 | { | |
3929 | // processed | |
08158721 | 3930 | return true; |
bd9cd534 | 3931 | } |
42e69d6b | 3932 | } |
f5dd1cf1 WS |
3933 | #else |
3934 | wxUnusedVar(lParam); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3935 | #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
3936 | ||
08158721 | 3937 | return false; |
42e69d6b | 3938 | } |
2b15b970 | 3939 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3940 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3941 | // end session messages | |
3942 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2d0a075d | 3943 | |
1e6feb95 | 3944 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryEndSession(long logOff, bool *mayEnd) |
42e69d6b | 3945 | { |
040e5f77 | 3946 | #ifdef ENDSESSION_LOGOFF |
abb74e0f | 3947 | wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION, wxID_ANY); |
42e69d6b | 3948 | event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp); |
08158721 | 3949 | event.SetCanVeto(true); |
a17e237f | 3950 | event.SetLoggingOff(logOff == (long)ENDSESSION_LOGOFF); |
2d0a075d | 3951 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3952 | bool rc = wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event); |
3953 | ||
3954 | if ( rc ) | |
3955 | { | |
3956 | // we may end only if the app didn't veto session closing (double | |
3957 | // negation...) | |
3958 | *mayEnd = !event.GetVeto(); | |
2d0a075d JS |
3959 | } |
3960 | ||
42e69d6b | 3961 | return rc; |
7f0586ef | 3962 | #else |
040e5f77 VZ |
3963 | wxUnusedVar(logOff); |
3964 | wxUnusedVar(mayEnd); | |
08158721 | 3965 | return false; |
7f0586ef | 3966 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
3967 | } |
3968 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3969 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEndSession(bool endSession, long logOff) |
2bda0e17 | 3970 | { |
040e5f77 | 3971 | #ifdef ENDSESSION_LOGOFF |
42e69d6b VZ |
3972 | // do nothing if the session isn't ending |
3973 | if ( !endSession ) | |
08158721 | 3974 | return false; |
a23fd0e1 | 3975 | |
519dc37f VZ |
3976 | // only send once |
3977 | if ( (this != wxTheApp->GetTopWindow()) ) | |
08158721 | 3978 | return false; |
519dc37f | 3979 | |
abb74e0f | 3980 | wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_END_SESSION, wxID_ANY); |
42e69d6b | 3981 | event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp); |
08158721 | 3982 | event.SetCanVeto(false); |
f801d19a | 3983 | event.SetLoggingOff((logOff & ENDSESSION_LOGOFF) != 0); |
519dc37f VZ |
3984 | |
3985 | return wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event); | |
7f0586ef | 3986 | #else |
040e5f77 VZ |
3987 | wxUnusedVar(endSession); |
3988 | wxUnusedVar(logOff); | |
08158721 | 3989 | return false; |
7f0586ef | 3990 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
3991 | } |
3992 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3993 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3994 | // window creation/destruction | |
3995 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3996 | ||
0c0d1521 WS |
3997 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCreate(WXLPCREATESTRUCT WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(cs), |
3998 | bool *mayCreate) | |
61179e28 | 3999 | { |
ee471817 VZ |
4000 | // VZ: why is this commented out for WinCE? If it doesn't support |
4001 | // WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT at all it should be somehow handled globally, | |
4002 | // not with multiple #ifdef's! | |
7f0586ef | 4003 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
61179e28 | 4004 | if ( ((CREATESTRUCT *)cs)->dwExStyle & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT ) |
ee471817 VZ |
4005 | EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(GetParent()); |
4006 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ | |
61179e28 | 4007 | |
08158721 | 4008 | *mayCreate = true; |
42e69d6b | 4009 | |
08158721 | 4010 | return true; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4011 | } |
4012 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4013 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDestroy() |
2bda0e17 | 4014 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4015 | // delete our drop target if we've got one |
4016 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP | |
4017 | if ( m_dropTarget != NULL ) | |
2d0a075d | 4018 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4019 | m_dropTarget->Revoke(m_hWnd); |
4020 | ||
5276b0a5 | 4021 | wxDELETE(m_dropTarget); |
2d0a075d | 4022 | } |
42e69d6b | 4023 | #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
2bda0e17 | 4024 | |
42e69d6b | 4025 | // WM_DESTROY handled |
08158721 | 4026 | return true; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4027 | } |
4028 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4029 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4030 | // activation/focus | |
4031 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4032 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4033 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleActivate(int state, |
42e69d6b VZ |
4034 | bool WXUNUSED(minimized), |
4035 | WXHWND WXUNUSED(activate)) | |
2bda0e17 | 4036 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4037 | wxActivateEvent event(wxEVT_ACTIVATE, |
4038 | (state == WA_ACTIVE) || (state == WA_CLICKACTIVE), | |
4039 | m_windowId); | |
4040 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4041 | ||
937013e0 | 4042 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
42e69d6b VZ |
4043 | } |
4044 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4045 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetFocus(WXHWND hwnd) |
42e69d6b | 4046 | { |
c7aee865 RD |
4047 | // Strangly enough, some controls get set focus events when they are being |
4048 | // deleted, even if they already had focus before. | |
4049 | if ( m_isBeingDeleted ) | |
4050 | { | |
4051 | return false; | |
4052 | } | |
35bbb0c6 | 4053 | |
456bc6d9 VZ |
4054 | // notify the parent keeping track of focus for the kbd navigation |
4055 | // purposes that we got it | |
e72aa7f5 | 4056 | wxChildFocusEvent eventFocus((wxWindow *)this); |
937013e0 | 4057 | (void)HandleWindowEvent(eventFocus); |
456bc6d9 | 4058 | |
789295bf | 4059 | #if wxUSE_CARET |
42e69d6b | 4060 | // Deal with caret |
789295bf | 4061 | if ( m_caret ) |
2d0a075d | 4062 | { |
789295bf | 4063 | m_caret->OnSetFocus(); |
2bda0e17 | 4064 | } |
789295bf | 4065 | #endif // wxUSE_CARET |
42e69d6b | 4066 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4067 | wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_SET_FOCUS, m_windowId); |
4068 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4069 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
4070 | // wxFindWinFromHandle() may return NULL, it is ok |
4071 | event.SetWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd)); | |
4072 | ||
937013e0 | 4073 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
4074 | } |
4075 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4076 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKillFocus(WXHWND hwnd) |
2bda0e17 | 4077 | { |
789295bf | 4078 | #if wxUSE_CARET |
42e69d6b | 4079 | // Deal with caret |
789295bf | 4080 | if ( m_caret ) |
2d0a075d | 4081 | { |
789295bf | 4082 | m_caret->OnKillFocus(); |
2bda0e17 | 4083 | } |
789295bf | 4084 | #endif // wxUSE_CARET |
42e69d6b | 4085 | |
2913e597 RD |
4086 | // Don't send the event when in the process of being deleted. This can |
4087 | // only cause problems if the event handler tries to access the object. | |
4088 | if ( m_isBeingDeleted ) | |
4089 | { | |
08158721 | 4090 | return false; |
2913e597 RD |
4091 | } |
4092 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4093 | wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS, m_windowId); |
4094 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4095 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
4096 | // wxFindWinFromHandle() may return NULL, it is ok |
4097 | event.SetWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd)); | |
4098 | ||
937013e0 | 4099 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
4100 | } |
4101 | ||
faa49bfd WS |
4102 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4103 | // labels | |
4104 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4105 | ||
4106 | void wxWindowMSW::SetLabel( const wxString& label) | |
4107 | { | |
4108 | SetWindowText(GetHwnd(), label.c_str()); | |
4109 | } | |
4110 | ||
4111 | wxString wxWindowMSW::GetLabel() const | |
4112 | { | |
4113 | return wxGetWindowText(GetHWND()); | |
4114 | } | |
4115 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4116 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4117 | // miscellaneous | |
4118 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4119 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4120 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleShow(bool show, int WXUNUSED(status)) |
2bda0e17 | 4121 | { |
42e69d6b | 4122 | wxShowEvent event(GetId(), show); |
687706f5 | 4123 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
42e69d6b | 4124 | |
937013e0 | 4125 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
4126 | } |
4127 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4128 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleInitDialog(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWndFocus)) |
2bda0e17 | 4129 | { |
42e69d6b | 4130 | wxInitDialogEvent event(GetId()); |
687706f5 | 4131 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
42e69d6b | 4132 | |
937013e0 | 4133 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
4134 | } |
4135 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4136 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDropFiles(WXWPARAM wParam) |
2bda0e17 | 4137 | { |
7f0586ef | 4138 | #if defined (__WXMICROWIN__) || defined(__WXWINCE__) |
35bbb0c6 | 4139 | wxUnusedVar(wParam); |
08158721 | 4140 | return false; |
4ce1efe1 | 4141 | #else // __WXMICROWIN__ |
42e69d6b | 4142 | HDROP hFilesInfo = (HDROP) wParam; |
42e69d6b VZ |
4143 | |
4144 | // Get the total number of files dropped | |
c3c39620 | 4145 | UINT gwFilesDropped = ::DragQueryFile |
f6bcfd97 BP |
4146 | ( |
4147 | (HDROP)hFilesInfo, | |
4148 | (UINT)-1, | |
4149 | (LPTSTR)0, | |
4150 | (UINT)0 | |
4151 | ); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4152 | |
4153 | wxString *files = new wxString[gwFilesDropped]; | |
c3c39620 | 4154 | for ( UINT wIndex = 0; wIndex < gwFilesDropped; wIndex++ ) |
2d0a075d | 4155 | { |
c3c39620 VZ |
4156 | // first get the needed buffer length (+1 for terminating NUL) |
4157 | size_t len = ::DragQueryFile(hFilesInfo, wIndex, NULL, 0) + 1; | |
4158 | ||
4159 | // and now get the file name | |
4160 | ::DragQueryFile(hFilesInfo, wIndex, | |
de564874 | 4161 | wxStringBuffer(files[wIndex], len), len); |
2d0a075d | 4162 | } |
2bda0e17 | 4163 | |
42e69d6b | 4164 | wxDropFilesEvent event(wxEVT_DROP_FILES, gwFilesDropped, files); |
687706f5 | 4165 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
c3c39620 VZ |
4166 | |
4167 | POINT dropPoint; | |
4168 | DragQueryPoint(hFilesInfo, (LPPOINT) &dropPoint); | |
b3dc8a3e VZ |
4169 | event.m_pos.x = dropPoint.x; |
4170 | event.m_pos.y = dropPoint.y; | |
42e69d6b | 4171 | |
fe8f9ad7 VZ |
4172 | DragFinish(hFilesInfo); |
4173 | ||
937013e0 | 4174 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
04ef50df | 4175 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
4176 | } |
4177 | ||
cc972ac6 | 4178 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
4179 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetCursor(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWnd), |
4180 | short nHitTest, | |
4181 | int WXUNUSED(mouseMsg)) | |
2bda0e17 | 4182 | { |
04ef50df | 4183 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
bfbd6dc1 | 4184 | // the logic is as follows: |
46753a7c VZ |
4185 | // 0. if we're busy, set the busy cursor (even for non client elements) |
4186 | // 1. don't set custom cursor for non client area of enabled windows | |
4187 | // 2. ask user EVT_SET_CURSOR handler for the cursor | |
4188 | // 3. if still no cursor but we're in a TLW, set the global cursor | |
42e69d6b | 4189 | |
46753a7c VZ |
4190 | HCURSOR hcursor = 0; |
4191 | if ( wxIsBusy() ) | |
43b5058d | 4192 | { |
46753a7c | 4193 | hcursor = wxGetCurrentBusyCursor(); |
43b5058d | 4194 | } |
46753a7c VZ |
4195 | else // not busy |
4196 | { | |
4197 | if ( nHitTest != HTCLIENT ) | |
4198 | return false; | |
43b5058d | 4199 | |
46753a7c VZ |
4200 | // first ask the user code - it may wish to set the cursor in some very |
4201 | // specific way (for example, depending on the current position) | |
4202 | POINT pt; | |
d6c37f5b | 4203 | wxGetCursorPosMSW(&pt); |
43b5058d | 4204 | |
46753a7c VZ |
4205 | int x = pt.x, |
4206 | y = pt.y; | |
4207 | ScreenToClient(&x, &y); | |
4208 | wxSetCursorEvent event(x, y); | |
564af280 RD |
4209 | event.SetId(GetId()); |
4210 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
42e69d6b | 4211 | |
937013e0 | 4212 | bool processedEvtSetCursor = HandleWindowEvent(event); |
46753a7c | 4213 | if ( processedEvtSetCursor && event.HasCursor() ) |
bfbd6dc1 | 4214 | { |
46753a7c | 4215 | hcursor = GetHcursorOf(event.GetCursor()); |
bfbd6dc1 | 4216 | } |
43b5058d | 4217 | |
46753a7c | 4218 | if ( !hcursor ) |
bfbd6dc1 | 4219 | { |
46753a7c VZ |
4220 | // the test for processedEvtSetCursor is here to prevent using |
4221 | // m_cursor if the user code caught EVT_SET_CURSOR() and returned | |
4222 | // nothing from it - this is a way to say that our cursor shouldn't | |
4223 | // be used for this point | |
a1b806b9 | 4224 | if ( !processedEvtSetCursor && m_cursor.IsOk() ) |
42e69d6b | 4225 | { |
46753a7c | 4226 | hcursor = GetHcursorOf(m_cursor); |
43b5058d | 4227 | } |
46753a7c VZ |
4228 | |
4229 | if ( !hcursor && !GetParent() ) | |
43b5058d VZ |
4230 | { |
4231 | const wxCursor *cursor = wxGetGlobalCursor(); | |
a1b806b9 | 4232 | if ( cursor && cursor->IsOk() ) |
43b5058d VZ |
4233 | { |
4234 | hcursor = GetHcursorOf(*cursor); | |
4235 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4236 | } |
4237 | } | |
4238 | } | |
4239 | ||
46753a7c | 4240 | |
bfbd6dc1 VZ |
4241 | if ( hcursor ) |
4242 | { | |
4243 | ::SetCursor(hcursor); | |
4244 | ||
4245 | // cursor set, stop here | |
08158721 | 4246 | return true; |
bfbd6dc1 | 4247 | } |
cd4453e5 VZ |
4248 | #endif // __WXMICROWIN__ |
4249 | ||
3ca6a5f0 | 4250 | // pass up the window chain |
08158721 | 4251 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4252 | } |
4253 | ||
dbc74bcc | 4254 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePower(WXWPARAM WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(wParam), |
355debca | 4255 | WXLPARAM WXUNUSED(lParam), |
dbc74bcc | 4256 | bool *WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(vetoed)) |
355debca | 4257 | { |
dbc74bcc WS |
4258 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
4259 | // FIXME | |
4260 | return false; | |
4261 | #else | |
355debca VZ |
4262 | wxEventType evtType; |
4263 | switch ( wParam ) | |
4264 | { | |
4265 | case PBT_APMQUERYSUSPEND: | |
4266 | evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDING; | |
4267 | break; | |
4268 | ||
4269 | case PBT_APMQUERYSUSPENDFAILED: | |
4270 | evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPEND_CANCEL; | |
4271 | break; | |
4272 | ||
4273 | case PBT_APMSUSPEND: | |
4274 | evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDED; | |
4275 | break; | |
4276 | ||
4277 | case PBT_APMRESUMESUSPEND: | |
4278 | evtType = wxEVT_POWER_RESUME; | |
4279 | break; | |
4280 | ||
4281 | default: | |
9a83f860 | 4282 | wxLogDebug(wxT("Unknown WM_POWERBROADCAST(%d) event"), wParam); |
355debca VZ |
4283 | // fall through |
4284 | ||
4285 | // these messages are currently not mapped to wx events | |
4286 | case PBT_APMQUERYSTANDBY: | |
4287 | case PBT_APMQUERYSTANDBYFAILED: | |
4288 | case PBT_APMSTANDBY: | |
4289 | case PBT_APMRESUMESTANDBY: | |
4290 | case PBT_APMBATTERYLOW: | |
4291 | case PBT_APMPOWERSTATUSCHANGE: | |
4292 | case PBT_APMOEMEVENT: | |
355debca | 4293 | case PBT_APMRESUMECRITICAL: |
55cd5d10 VZ |
4294 | #ifdef PBT_APMRESUMEAUTOMATIC |
4295 | case PBT_APMRESUMEAUTOMATIC: | |
4296 | #endif | |
355debca VZ |
4297 | evtType = wxEVT_NULL; |
4298 | break; | |
4299 | } | |
4300 | ||
4301 | // don't handle unknown messages | |
4302 | if ( evtType == wxEVT_NULL ) | |
4303 | return false; | |
4304 | ||
4305 | // TODO: notify about PBTF_APMRESUMEFROMFAILURE in case of resume events? | |
4306 | ||
4307 | wxPowerEvent event(evtType); | |
937013e0 | 4308 | if ( !HandleWindowEvent(event) ) |
355debca VZ |
4309 | return false; |
4310 | ||
4311 | *vetoed = event.IsVetoed(); | |
4312 | ||
4313 | return true; | |
dbc74bcc | 4314 | #endif |
355debca VZ |
4315 | } |
4316 | ||
2e992e06 VZ |
4317 | bool wxWindowMSW::IsDoubleBuffered() const |
4318 | { | |
75e8e6dc | 4319 | for ( const wxWindowMSW *win = this; win; win = win->GetParent() ) |
d66d0500 | 4320 | { |
75e8e6dc | 4321 | if ( wxHasWindowExStyle(win, WS_EX_COMPOSITED) ) |
2e992e06 | 4322 | return true; |
75e8e6dc VZ |
4323 | |
4324 | if ( win->IsTopLevel() ) | |
4325 | break; | |
4326 | } | |
d66d0500 | 4327 | |
2e992e06 VZ |
4328 | return false; |
4329 | } | |
4330 | ||
f60ca3e2 RD |
4331 | void wxWindowMSW::SetDoubleBuffered(bool on) |
4332 | { | |
4333 | // Get the current extended style bits | |
d66d0500 | 4334 | long exstyle = wxGetWindowExStyle(this); |
f60ca3e2 RD |
4335 | |
4336 | // Twiddle the bit as needed | |
4337 | if ( on ) | |
4338 | exstyle |= WS_EX_COMPOSITED; | |
4339 | else | |
4340 | exstyle &= ~WS_EX_COMPOSITED; | |
4341 | ||
4342 | // put it back | |
d66d0500 | 4343 | wxSetWindowExStyle(this, exstyle); |
f60ca3e2 RD |
4344 | } |
4345 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4346 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4347 | // owner drawn stuff | |
4348 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4349 | ||
61fef19b VZ |
4350 | #if (wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE) || \ |
4351 | (wxUSE_CONTROLS && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)) | |
4352 | #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(param) param | |
4353 | #else | |
4354 | #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(param) | |
4355 | #endif | |
4356 | ||
4357 | bool | |
4358 | wxWindowMSW::MSWOnDrawItem(int WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(id), | |
4359 | WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT * WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(itemStruct)) | |
2bda0e17 | 4360 | { |
4286a5b5 | 4361 | #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN |
1e6feb95 VZ |
4362 | |
4363 | #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE | |
42e69d6b | 4364 | // is it a menu item? |
6f806543 VZ |
4365 | DRAWITEMSTRUCT *pDrawStruct = (DRAWITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct; |
4366 | if ( id == 0 && pDrawStruct->CtlType == ODT_MENU ) | |
42e69d6b | 4367 | { |
42e69d6b | 4368 | wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pDrawStruct->itemData); |
03cef643 | 4369 | |
2d29bf54 JS |
4370 | // see comment before the same test in MSWOnMeasureItem() below |
4371 | if ( !pMenuItem ) | |
4372 | return false; | |
4373 | ||
4374 | wxCHECK_MSG( wxDynamicCast(pMenuItem, wxMenuItem), | |
9a83f860 | 4375 | false, wxT("MSWOnDrawItem: bad wxMenuItem pointer") ); |
42e69d6b | 4376 | |
7561aacd VZ |
4377 | // prepare to call OnDrawItem(): notice using of wxDCTemp to prevent |
4378 | // the DC from being released | |
4379 | wxDCTemp dc((WXHDC)pDrawStruct->hDC); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4380 | wxRect rect(pDrawStruct->rcItem.left, pDrawStruct->rcItem.top, |
4381 | pDrawStruct->rcItem.right - pDrawStruct->rcItem.left, | |
4382 | pDrawStruct->rcItem.bottom - pDrawStruct->rcItem.top); | |
4383 | ||
4384 | return pMenuItem->OnDrawItem | |
7561aacd VZ |
4385 | ( |
4386 | dc, | |
4387 | rect, | |
4388 | (wxOwnerDrawn::wxODAction)pDrawStruct->itemAction, | |
4389 | (wxOwnerDrawn::wxODStatus)pDrawStruct->itemState | |
4390 | ); | |
42e69d6b | 4391 | } |
1e6feb95 | 4392 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
42e69d6b | 4393 | |
c8e4fa8b JS |
4394 | #endif // USE_OWNER_DRAWN |
4395 | ||
6a89f9ee | 4396 | #if wxUSE_CONTROLS && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
c8e4fa8b | 4397 | |
c8e4fa8b | 4398 | #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN |
1384636d | 4399 | wxControl *item = wxDynamicCast(FindItem(id), wxControl); |
567be187 | 4400 | #else // !wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN |
1384636d VS |
4401 | // we may still have owner-drawn buttons internally because we have to make |
4402 | // them owner-drawn to support colour change | |
35bbb0c6 | 4403 | wxControl *item = |
095b80e2 WS |
4404 | # if wxUSE_BUTTON |
4405 | wxDynamicCast(FindItem(id), wxButton) | |
4406 | # else | |
4407 | NULL | |
4408 | # endif | |
4409 | ; | |
cd0b1709 | 4410 | #endif // USE_OWNER_DRAWN |
567be187 VZ |
4411 | |
4412 | if ( item ) | |
4413 | { | |
4414 | return item->MSWOnDraw(itemStruct); | |
4415 | } | |
4286a5b5 | 4416 | |
c8e4fa8b JS |
4417 | #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS |
4418 | ||
08158721 | 4419 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4420 | } |
4421 | ||
61fef19b | 4422 | bool |
d1d276f2 | 4423 | wxWindowMSW::MSWOnMeasureItem(int id, WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *itemStruct) |
2bda0e17 | 4424 | { |
61fef19b | 4425 | #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
42e69d6b | 4426 | // is it a menu item? |
6f806543 VZ |
4427 | MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *pMeasureStruct = (MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct; |
4428 | if ( id == 0 && pMeasureStruct->CtlType == ODT_MENU ) | |
2d0a075d | 4429 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4430 | wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pMeasureStruct->itemData); |
4431 | ||
b6afa1a3 VZ |
4432 | // according to Carsten Fuchs the pointer may be NULL under XP if an |
4433 | // MDI child frame is initially maximized, see this for more info: | |
4434 | // http://article.gmane.org/gmane.comp.lib.wxwidgets.general/27745 | |
4435 | // | |
4436 | // so silently ignore it instead of asserting | |
4437 | if ( !pMenuItem ) | |
4438 | return false; | |
4439 | ||
4440 | wxCHECK_MSG( wxDynamicCast(pMenuItem, wxMenuItem), | |
9a83f860 | 4441 | false, wxT("MSWOnMeasureItem: bad wxMenuItem pointer") ); |
42e69d6b | 4442 | |
975b6bcf VZ |
4443 | size_t w, h; |
4444 | bool rc = pMenuItem->OnMeasureItem(&w, &h); | |
4445 | ||
4446 | pMeasureStruct->itemWidth = w; | |
4447 | pMeasureStruct->itemHeight = h; | |
4448 | ||
4449 | return rc; | |
2d0a075d | 4450 | } |
42e69d6b | 4451 | |
567be187 VZ |
4452 | wxControl *item = wxDynamicCast(FindItem(id), wxControl); |
4453 | if ( item ) | |
42e69d6b | 4454 | { |
567be187 | 4455 | return item->MSWOnMeasure(itemStruct); |
42e69d6b | 4456 | } |
d1d276f2 WS |
4457 | #else |
4458 | wxUnusedVar(id); | |
4459 | wxUnusedVar(itemStruct); | |
4460 | #endif // wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE | |
567be187 | 4461 | |
08158721 | 4462 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4463 | } |
4464 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4465 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4466 | // colours and palettes | |
4467 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2bda0e17 | 4468 | |
1e6feb95 | 4469 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSysColorChange() |
2bda0e17 | 4470 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4471 | wxSysColourChangedEvent event; |
4472 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4473 | ||
937013e0 | 4474 | (void)HandleWindowEvent(event); |
23895080 VZ |
4475 | |
4476 | // always let the system carry on the default processing to allow the | |
4477 | // native controls to react to the colours update | |
08158721 | 4478 | return false; |
42e69d6b VZ |
4479 | } |
4480 | ||
574c939e KB |
4481 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDisplayChange() |
4482 | { | |
4483 | wxDisplayChangedEvent event; | |
4484 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4485 | ||
937013e0 | 4486 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
574c939e KB |
4487 | } |
4488 | ||
04ef50df | 4489 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
42e69d6b | 4490 | |
1a784dfc | 4491 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCtlColor(WXHBRUSH *brush, WXHDC hDC, WXHWND hWnd) |
01c500af | 4492 | { |
3d74a760 | 4493 | #if !wxUSE_CONTROLS || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
43bfb798 | 4494 | wxUnusedVar(hDC); |
3d74a760 WS |
4495 | wxUnusedVar(hWnd); |
4496 | #else | |
2bae4332 | 4497 | wxControl *item = wxDynamicCast(FindItemByHWND(hWnd, true), wxControl); |
c3732409 | 4498 | |
01c500af | 4499 | if ( item ) |
1a784dfc | 4500 | *brush = item->MSWControlColor(hDC, hWnd); |
2d0a075d | 4501 | else |
1e6feb95 | 4502 | #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS |
01c500af | 4503 | *brush = NULL; |
42e69d6b | 4504 | |
01c500af | 4505 | return *brush != NULL; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4506 | } |
4507 | ||
01c500af VZ |
4508 | #endif // __WXMICROWIN__ |
4509 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4510 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaletteChanged(WXHWND hWndPalChange) |
42e69d6b | 4511 | { |
574c939e | 4512 | #if wxUSE_PALETTE |
b95edd47 VZ |
4513 | // same as below except we don't respond to our own messages |
4514 | if ( hWndPalChange != GetHWND() ) | |
4515 | { | |
574c939e | 4516 | // check to see if we our our parents have a custom palette |
fa21d338 | 4517 | wxWindowMSW *win = this; |
b95edd47 VZ |
4518 | while ( win && !win->HasCustomPalette() ) |
4519 | { | |
4520 | win = win->GetParent(); | |
4521 | } | |
4522 | ||
4523 | if ( win && win->HasCustomPalette() ) | |
4524 | { | |
4525 | // realize the palette to see whether redrawing is needed | |
4526 | HDC hdc = ::GetDC((HWND) hWndPalChange); | |
4527 | win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE((WXHPALETTE) | |
4528 | ::SelectPalette(hdc, GetHpaletteOf(win->m_palette), FALSE)); | |
574c939e KB |
4529 | |
4530 | int result = ::RealizePalette(hdc); | |
b95edd47 VZ |
4531 | |
4532 | // restore the palette (before releasing the DC) | |
4533 | win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE((WXHPALETTE) | |
4534 | ::SelectPalette(hdc, GetHpaletteOf(win->m_palette), FALSE)); | |
4535 | ::RealizePalette(hdc); | |
4536 | ::ReleaseDC((HWND) hWndPalChange, hdc); | |
4537 | ||
4538 | // now check for the need to redraw | |
574c939e | 4539 | if (result > 0) |
08158721 | 4540 | ::InvalidateRect((HWND) hWndPalChange, NULL, TRUE); |
574c939e | 4541 | } |
b95edd47 VZ |
4542 | |
4543 | } | |
4544 | #endif // wxUSE_PALETTE | |
574c939e | 4545 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4546 | wxPaletteChangedEvent event(GetId()); |
4547 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4548 | event.SetChangedWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hWndPalChange)); | |
2d0a075d | 4549 | |
937013e0 | 4550 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
42e69d6b VZ |
4551 | } |
4552 | ||
a5e84126 JS |
4553 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCaptureChanged(WXHWND hWndGainedCapture) |
4554 | { | |
63e819f2 VS |
4555 | // notify windows on the capture stack about lost capture |
4556 | // (see http://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1153662&group_id=9863&atid=109863): | |
72f8c792 | 4557 | wxWindowBase::NotifyCaptureLost(); |
a5e84126 | 4558 | |
72f8c792 | 4559 | wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hWndGainedCapture); |
63e819f2 VS |
4560 | wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent event(GetId(), win); |
4561 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
937013e0 | 4562 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
a5e84126 JS |
4563 | } |
4564 | ||
3c96418b JG |
4565 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSettingChange(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
4566 | { | |
4567 | // despite MSDN saying "(This message cannot be sent directly to a window.)" | |
4568 | // we need to send this to child windows (it is only sent to top-level | |
4569 | // windows) so {list,tree}ctrls can adjust their font size if necessary | |
4570 | // this is exactly how explorer does it to enable the font size changes | |
4571 | ||
4572 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); | |
4573 | while ( node ) | |
4574 | { | |
4575 | // top-level windows already get this message from the system | |
4576 | wxWindow *win = node->GetData(); | |
4577 | if ( !win->IsTopLevel() ) | |
4578 | { | |
4579 | ::SendMessage(GetHwndOf(win), WM_SETTINGCHANGE, wParam, lParam); | |
4580 | } | |
4581 | ||
4582 | node = node->GetNext(); | |
4583 | } | |
4584 | ||
3c96418b JG |
4585 | // let the system handle it |
4586 | return false; | |
4587 | } | |
4588 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4589 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryNewPalette() |
42e69d6b | 4590 | { |
574c939e KB |
4591 | |
4592 | #if wxUSE_PALETTE | |
4593 | // check to see if we our our parents have a custom palette | |
fa21d338 | 4594 | wxWindowMSW *win = this; |
574c939e KB |
4595 | while (!win->HasCustomPalette() && win->GetParent()) win = win->GetParent(); |
4596 | if (win->HasCustomPalette()) { | |
4597 | /* realize the palette to see whether redrawing is needed */ | |
3a3c8603 | 4598 | HDC hdc = ::GetDC((HWND) GetHWND()); |
574c939e | 4599 | win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE( (WXHPALETTE) |
b95edd47 | 4600 | ::SelectPalette(hdc, (HPALETTE) win->m_palette.GetHPALETTE(), FALSE) ); |
574c939e KB |
4601 | |
4602 | int result = ::RealizePalette(hdc); | |
4603 | /* restore the palette (before releasing the DC) */ | |
4604 | win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE( (WXHPALETTE) | |
b95edd47 | 4605 | ::SelectPalette(hdc, (HPALETTE) win->m_palette.GetHPALETTE(), TRUE) ); |
574c939e KB |
4606 | ::RealizePalette(hdc); |
4607 | ::ReleaseDC((HWND) GetHWND(), hdc); | |
4608 | /* now check for the need to redraw */ | |
4609 | if (result > 0) | |
4610 | ::InvalidateRect((HWND) GetHWND(), NULL, TRUE); | |
4611 | } | |
b95edd47 | 4612 | #endif // wxUSE_PALETTE |
574c939e | 4613 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4614 | wxQueryNewPaletteEvent event(GetId()); |
4615 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4616 | ||
937013e0 | 4617 | return HandleWindowEvent(event) && event.GetPaletteRealized(); |
42e69d6b VZ |
4618 | } |
4619 | ||
4620 | // Responds to colour changes: passes event on to children. | |
574c939e | 4621 | void wxWindowMSW::OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) |
42e69d6b | 4622 | { |
90c1530a VZ |
4623 | // the top level window also reset the standard colour map as it might have |
4624 | // changed (there is no need to do it for the non top level windows as we | |
4625 | // only have to do it once) | |
4626 | if ( IsTopLevel() ) | |
4627 | { | |
4628 | // FIXME-MT | |
08158721 | 4629 | gs_hasStdCmap = false; |
90c1530a | 4630 | } |
222ed1d6 | 4631 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
42e69d6b VZ |
4632 | while ( node ) |
4633 | { | |
23895080 VZ |
4634 | // Only propagate to non-top-level windows because Windows already |
4635 | // sends this event to all top-level ones | |
4636 | wxWindow *win = node->GetData(); | |
4637 | if ( !win->IsTopLevel() ) | |
42e69d6b | 4638 | { |
23895080 VZ |
4639 | // we need to send the real WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE and not just trigger |
4640 | // EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED call because the latter wouldn't work for | |
4641 | // the standard controls | |
4642 | ::SendMessage(GetHwndOf(win), WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE, 0, 0); | |
564b2609 | 4643 | } |
42e69d6b | 4644 | |
23895080 VZ |
4645 | node = node->GetNext(); |
4646 | } | |
2bda0e17 KB |
4647 | } |
4648 | ||
90c1530a VZ |
4649 | extern wxCOLORMAP *wxGetStdColourMap() |
4650 | { | |
4651 | static COLORREF s_stdColours[wxSTD_COL_MAX]; | |
4652 | static wxCOLORMAP s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_MAX]; | |
4653 | ||
4654 | if ( !gs_hasStdCmap ) | |
4655 | { | |
08158721 | 4656 | static bool s_coloursInit = false; |
90c1530a VZ |
4657 | |
4658 | if ( !s_coloursInit ) | |
4659 | { | |
4660 | // When a bitmap is loaded, the RGB values can change (apparently | |
4661 | // because Windows adjusts them to care for the old programs always | |
4662 | // using 0xc0c0c0 while the transparent colour for the new Windows | |
4663 | // versions is different). But we do this adjustment ourselves so | |
4664 | // we want to avoid Windows' "help" and for this we need to have a | |
4665 | // reference bitmap which can tell us what the RGB values change | |
4666 | // to. | |
e5dbcb50 | 4667 | wxLogNull logNo; // suppress error if we couldn't load the bitmap |
9a83f860 | 4668 | wxBitmap stdColourBitmap(wxT("wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS")); |
a1b806b9 | 4669 | if ( stdColourBitmap.IsOk() ) |
90c1530a VZ |
4670 | { |
4671 | // the pixels in the bitmap must correspond to wxSTD_COL_XXX! | |
4672 | wxASSERT_MSG( stdColourBitmap.GetWidth() == wxSTD_COL_MAX, | |
9a83f860 | 4673 | wxT("forgot to update wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS!") ); |
90c1530a VZ |
4674 | |
4675 | wxMemoryDC memDC; | |
4676 | memDC.SelectObject(stdColourBitmap); | |
4677 | ||
4678 | wxColour colour; | |
4679 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < WXSIZEOF(s_stdColours); i++ ) | |
4680 | { | |
4681 | memDC.GetPixel(i, 0, &colour); | |
4682 | s_stdColours[i] = wxColourToRGB(colour); | |
4683 | } | |
4684 | } | |
4685 | else // wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS couldn't be loaded | |
4686 | { | |
4687 | s_stdColours[0] = RGB(000,000,000); // black | |
4688 | s_stdColours[1] = RGB(128,128,128); // dark grey | |
4689 | s_stdColours[2] = RGB(192,192,192); // light grey | |
4690 | s_stdColours[3] = RGB(255,255,255); // white | |
4691 | //s_stdColours[4] = RGB(000,000,255); // blue | |
4692 | //s_stdColours[5] = RGB(255,000,255); // magenta | |
4693 | } | |
4694 | ||
08158721 | 4695 | s_coloursInit = true; |
90c1530a VZ |
4696 | } |
4697 | ||
08158721 | 4698 | gs_hasStdCmap = true; |
90c1530a VZ |
4699 | |
4700 | // create the colour map | |
4701 | #define INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(col) \ | |
4702 | s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_##col].from = s_stdColours[wxSTD_COL_##col]; \ | |
4703 | s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_##col].to = ::GetSysColor(COLOR_##col) | |
4704 | ||
4705 | INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNTEXT); | |
4706 | INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNSHADOW); | |
4707 | INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNFACE); | |
4708 | INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNHIGHLIGHT); | |
4709 | ||
4710 | #undef INIT_CMAP_ENTRY | |
4711 | } | |
4712 | ||
4713 | return s_cmap; | |
4714 | } | |
4715 | ||
a5b1be33 JS |
4716 | #if wxUSE_UXTHEME && !defined(TMT_FILLCOLOR) |
4717 | #define TMT_FILLCOLOR 3802 | |
4718 | #define TMT_TEXTCOLOR 3803 | |
4719 | #define TMT_BORDERCOLOR 3801 | |
4720 | #endif | |
4721 | ||
4722 | wxColour wxWindowMSW::MSWGetThemeColour(const wchar_t *themeName, | |
4723 | int themePart, | |
4724 | int themeState, | |
4725 | MSWThemeColour themeColour, | |
108694fe | 4726 | wxSystemColour fallback) const |
a5b1be33 JS |
4727 | { |
4728 | #if wxUSE_UXTHEME | |
4729 | const wxUxThemeEngine* theme = wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive(); | |
4730 | if ( theme ) | |
4731 | { | |
4732 | int themeProperty = 0; | |
4733 | ||
4734 | // TODO: Convert this into a table? Sure would be faster. | |
4735 | switch ( themeColour ) | |
4736 | { | |
4737 | case ThemeColourBackground: | |
4738 | themeProperty = TMT_FILLCOLOR; | |
4739 | break; | |
4740 | case ThemeColourText: | |
4741 | themeProperty = TMT_TEXTCOLOR; | |
4742 | break; | |
4743 | case ThemeColourBorder: | |
4744 | themeProperty = TMT_BORDERCOLOR; | |
4745 | break; | |
4746 | default: | |
4747 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("unsupported theme colour")); | |
4748 | }; | |
4749 | ||
108694fe | 4750 | wxUxThemeHandle hTheme((const wxWindow *)this, themeName); |
a5b1be33 JS |
4751 | COLORREF col; |
4752 | HRESULT hr = theme->GetThemeColor | |
4753 | ( | |
4754 | hTheme, | |
4755 | themePart, | |
4756 | themeState, | |
4757 | themeProperty, | |
4758 | &col | |
4759 | ); | |
4760 | ||
4761 | if ( SUCCEEDED(hr) ) | |
4762 | return wxRGBToColour(col); | |
4763 | ||
4764 | wxLogApiError( | |
4765 | wxString::Format( | |
4766 | "GetThemeColor(%s, %i, %i, %i)", | |
4767 | themeName, themePart, themeState, themeProperty), | |
4768 | hr); | |
4769 | } | |
b9de6a21 JS |
4770 | #else |
4771 | wxUnusedVar(themeName); | |
4772 | wxUnusedVar(themePart); | |
4773 | wxUnusedVar(themeState); | |
4774 | wxUnusedVar(themeColour); | |
a5b1be33 JS |
4775 | #endif |
4776 | return wxSystemSettings::GetColour(fallback); | |
4777 | } | |
4778 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4779 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4780 | // painting | |
4781 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4782 | ||
7ca106e8 VZ |
4783 | // this variable is used to check that a paint event handler which processed |
4784 | // the event did create a wxPaintDC inside its code and called BeginPaint() to | |
4785 | // validate the invalidated window area as otherwise we'd keep getting an | |
4786 | // endless stream of WM_PAINT messages for this window resulting in a lot of | |
4787 | // difficult to debug problems (e.g. impossibility to repaint other windows, | |
4788 | // lack of timer and idle events and so on) | |
0369a9fe VZ |
4789 | extern bool wxDidCreatePaintDC; |
4790 | bool wxDidCreatePaintDC = false; | |
7ca106e8 | 4791 | |
1e6feb95 | 4792 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaint() |
2bda0e17 | 4793 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4794 | HRGN hRegion = ::CreateRectRgn(0, 0, 0, 0); // Dummy call to get a handle |
4795 | if ( !hRegion ) | |
43b2d5e7 | 4796 | { |
f6bcfd97 | 4797 | wxLogLastError(wxT("CreateRectRgn")); |
43b2d5e7 | 4798 | } |
42e69d6b | 4799 | if ( ::GetUpdateRgn(GetHwnd(), hRegion, FALSE) == ERROR ) |
43b2d5e7 | 4800 | { |
f6bcfd97 | 4801 | wxLogLastError(wxT("GetUpdateRgn")); |
43b2d5e7 | 4802 | } |
c085e333 | 4803 | |
42e69d6b | 4804 | m_updateRegion = wxRegion((WXHRGN) hRegion); |
c085e333 | 4805 | |
7ca106e8 VZ |
4806 | wxDidCreatePaintDC = false; |
4807 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4808 | wxPaintEvent event(m_windowId); |
4809 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
2bda0e17 | 4810 | |
937013e0 | 4811 | bool processed = HandleWindowEvent(event); |
1e6feb95 | 4812 | |
7ca106e8 VZ |
4813 | if ( processed && !wxDidCreatePaintDC ) |
4814 | { | |
4815 | // do call MSWDefWindowProc() to validate the update region to avoid | |
4816 | // the problems mentioned above | |
4817 | processed = false; | |
4818 | } | |
4819 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
4820 | // note that we must generate NC event after the normal one as otherwise |
4821 | // BeginPaint() will happily overwrite our decorations with the background | |
4822 | // colour | |
4823 | wxNcPaintEvent eventNc(m_windowId); | |
4824 | eventNc.SetEventObject(this); | |
937013e0 | 4825 | HandleWindowEvent(eventNc); |
1e6feb95 | 4826 | |
90df6033 VZ |
4827 | // don't keep an HRGN we don't need any longer (GetUpdateRegion() can only |
4828 | // be called from inside the event handlers called above) | |
4829 | m_updateRegion.Clear(); | |
4830 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4831 | return processed; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4832 | } |
4833 | ||
63da7df7 | 4834 | // Can be called from an application's OnPaint handler |
1e6feb95 | 4835 | void wxWindowMSW::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event) |
63da7df7 | 4836 | { |
1e6feb95 VZ |
4837 | #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
4838 | event.Skip(); | |
4839 | #else | |
888dde65 | 4840 | HDC hDC = (HDC) wxPaintDCImpl::FindDCInCache((wxWindow*) event.GetEventObject()); |
63da7df7 JS |
4841 | if (hDC != 0) |
4842 | { | |
4843 | MSWDefWindowProc(WM_PAINT, (WPARAM) hDC, 0); | |
4844 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 4845 | #endif |
63da7df7 JS |
4846 | } |
4847 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4848 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEraseBkgnd(WXHDC hdc) |
8681b094 | 4849 | { |
a1578195 VZ |
4850 | if ( IsBeingDeleted() ) |
4851 | { | |
4852 | // We can get WM_ERASEBKGND after starting the destruction of our top | |
4853 | // level parent. Handling it in this case is unnecessary and can be | |
4854 | // actually harmful as e.g. wxStaticBox::GetClientSize() doesn't work | |
4855 | // without a valid TLW parent (because it uses dialog units internally | |
4856 | // which use the dialog font), so just don't do anything then. | |
4857 | return false; | |
4858 | } | |
4859 | ||
c753eb92 | 4860 | switch ( GetBackgroundStyle() ) |
d57f1dd7 | 4861 | { |
c753eb92 | 4862 | case wxBG_STYLE_ERASE: |
b469c9d8 | 4863 | case wxBG_STYLE_COLOUR: |
c753eb92 VZ |
4864 | // we need to generate an erase background event |
4865 | { | |
4866 | wxDCTemp dc(hdc, GetClientSize()); | |
4867 | wxDCTempImpl *impl = (wxDCTempImpl*) dc.GetImpl(); | |
d57f1dd7 | 4868 | |
c753eb92 VZ |
4869 | impl->SetHDC(hdc); |
4870 | impl->SetWindow((wxWindow *)this); | |
90df6033 | 4871 | |
c753eb92 VZ |
4872 | wxEraseEvent event(m_windowId, &dc); |
4873 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4874 | bool rc = HandleWindowEvent(event); | |
4875 | ||
4876 | // must be called manually as ~wxDC doesn't do anything for | |
4877 | // wxDCTemp | |
4878 | impl->SelectOldObjects(hdc); | |
4879 | ||
4880 | if ( rc ) | |
4881 | { | |
06393630 | 4882 | // background erased by the user-defined handler |
c753eb92 VZ |
4883 | return true; |
4884 | } | |
4885 | } | |
4886 | // fall through | |
4887 | ||
4888 | case wxBG_STYLE_SYSTEM: | |
4889 | if ( !DoEraseBackground(hdc) ) | |
4890 | { | |
4891 | // let the default processing to take place if we didn't erase | |
4892 | // the background ourselves | |
4893 | return false; | |
4894 | } | |
4895 | break; | |
4896 | ||
4897 | case wxBG_STYLE_PAINT: | |
b469c9d8 | 4898 | case wxBG_STYLE_TRANSPARENT: |
c753eb92 VZ |
4899 | // no need to do anything here at all, background will be entirely |
4900 | // redrawn in WM_PAINT handler | |
4901 | break; | |
4902 | ||
4903 | default: | |
4904 | wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown background style" ); | |
c5bd3c62 | 4905 | } |
c753eb92 VZ |
4906 | |
4907 | return true; | |
c5bd3c62 VZ |
4908 | } |
4909 | ||
bec9bf3e VZ |
4910 | #ifdef wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK |
4911 | ||
4912 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWHasEraseBgHook() const | |
4913 | { | |
b93f4239 VZ |
4914 | return gs_eraseBgHooks.find(const_cast<wxWindowMSW *>(this)) |
4915 | != gs_eraseBgHooks.end(); | |
bec9bf3e VZ |
4916 | } |
4917 | ||
4918 | void wxWindowMSW::MSWSetEraseBgHook(wxWindow *child) | |
4919 | { | |
4920 | if ( child ) | |
4921 | { | |
4922 | if ( !gs_eraseBgHooks.insert( | |
4923 | EraseBgHooks::value_type(this, child)).second ) | |
4924 | { | |
4925 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Setting erase background hook twice?") ); | |
4926 | } | |
4927 | } | |
4928 | else // reset the hook | |
4929 | { | |
4930 | if ( gs_eraseBgHooks.erase(this) != 1 ) | |
4931 | { | |
4932 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Resetting erase background which was not set?") ); | |
4933 | } | |
4934 | } | |
4935 | } | |
4936 | ||
4937 | #endif // wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK | |
4938 | ||
c3732409 | 4939 | bool wxWindowMSW::DoEraseBackground(WXHDC hDC) |
c581abbc | 4940 | { |
c3732409 VZ |
4941 | HBRUSH hbr = (HBRUSH)MSWGetBgBrush(hDC); |
4942 | if ( !hbr ) | |
c581abbc VZ |
4943 | return false; |
4944 | ||
bec9bf3e VZ |
4945 | // erase just the client area of the window, this is important for the |
4946 | // frames to avoid drawing over the toolbar part of the window (you might | |
4947 | // think using WS_CLIPCHILDREN would prevent this from happening, but it | |
4948 | // clearly doesn't) | |
4949 | RECT rc; | |
4950 | wxCopyRectToRECT(GetClientRect(), rc); | |
4951 | ::FillRect((HDC)hDC, &rc, hbr); | |
c581abbc VZ |
4952 | |
4953 | return true; | |
4954 | } | |
4955 | ||
c3732409 | 4956 | WXHBRUSH |
0a81f130 | 4957 | wxWindowMSW::MSWGetBgBrushForChild(WXHDC hDC, wxWindowMSW *child) |
c5bd3c62 | 4958 | { |
0a81f130 VZ |
4959 | // Test for the custom background brush first. |
4960 | WXHBRUSH hbrush = MSWGetCustomBgBrush(); | |
4961 | if ( hbrush ) | |
4962 | { | |
4963 | // We assume that this is either a stipple or hatched brush and not a | |
4964 | // solid one as otherwise it would have been enough to set the | |
4965 | // background colour and such brushes need to be positioned correctly | |
4966 | // in order to align when different windows are painted, so do it here. | |
4967 | RECT rc; | |
4968 | ::GetWindowRect(GetHwndOf(child), &rc); | |
4969 | ||
4970 | ::MapWindowPoints(NULL, GetHwnd(), (POINT *)&rc, 1); | |
4971 | ||
4972 | if ( !::SetBrushOrgEx((HDC)hDC, -rc.left, -rc.top, NULL) ) | |
4973 | { | |
4974 | wxLogLastError(wxT("SetBrushOrgEx(bg brush)")); | |
4975 | } | |
4976 | ||
4977 | return hbrush; | |
4978 | } | |
4979 | ||
4980 | // Otherwise see if we have a custom background colour. | |
accbb1e7 VZ |
4981 | if ( m_hasBgCol ) |
4982 | { | |
ebfee179 VZ |
4983 | wxBrush * |
4984 | brush = wxTheBrushList->FindOrCreateBrush(GetBackgroundColour()); | |
c3732409 | 4985 | |
ebfee179 | 4986 | return (WXHBRUSH)GetHbrushOf(*brush); |
accbb1e7 VZ |
4987 | } |
4988 | ||
c3732409 | 4989 | return 0; |
c5bd3c62 | 4990 | } |
8681b094 | 4991 | |
ebfee179 | 4992 | WXHBRUSH wxWindowMSW::MSWGetBgBrush(WXHDC hDC) |
bdd1a35d | 4993 | { |
a3b89fa9 VZ |
4994 | // Use the special wxWindowBeingErased variable if it is set as the child |
4995 | // being erased. | |
4996 | wxWindowMSW * const child = | |
4997 | #if wxUSE_UXTHEME | |
4998 | wxWindowBeingErased ? wxWindowBeingErased : | |
4999 | #endif | |
5000 | this; | |
5001 | ||
c3732409 | 5002 | for ( wxWindowMSW *win = this; win; win = win->GetParent() ) |
c5bd3c62 | 5003 | { |
a3b89fa9 | 5004 | WXHBRUSH hBrush = win->MSWGetBgBrushForChild(hDC, child); |
c5bd3c62 VZ |
5005 | if ( hBrush ) |
5006 | return hBrush; | |
24cb4019 | 5007 | |
ebfee179 VZ |
5008 | // don't use the parent background if we're not transparent |
5009 | if ( !win->HasTransparentBackground() ) | |
5010 | break; | |
5011 | ||
c3732409 VZ |
5012 | // background is not inherited beyond top level windows |
5013 | if ( win->IsTopLevel() ) | |
24cb4019 | 5014 | break; |
01c500af | 5015 | } |
c5bd3c62 VZ |
5016 | |
5017 | return 0; | |
8681b094 VZ |
5018 | } |
5019 | ||
b728a212 | 5020 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePrintClient(WXHDC hDC) |
1a784dfc | 5021 | { |
b728a212 JG |
5022 | // we receive this message when DrawThemeParentBackground() is |
5023 | // called from def window proc of several controls under XP and we | |
5024 | // must draw properly themed background here | |
5025 | // | |
5026 | // note that naively I'd expect filling the client rect with the | |
5027 | // brush returned by MSWGetBgBrush() work -- but for some reason it | |
5028 | // doesn't and we have to call parents MSWPrintChild() which is | |
5029 | // supposed to call DrawThemeBackground() with appropriate params | |
5030 | // | |
5031 | // also note that in this case lParam == PRF_CLIENT but we're | |
5032 | // clearly expected to paint the background and nothing else! | |
5033 | ||
5034 | if ( IsTopLevel() || InheritsBackgroundColour() ) | |
5035 | return false; | |
5036 | ||
5037 | // sometimes we don't want the parent to handle it at all, instead | |
5038 | // return whatever value this window wants | |
5039 | if ( !MSWShouldPropagatePrintChild() ) | |
5040 | return MSWPrintChild(hDC, (wxWindow *)this); | |
5041 | ||
5042 | for ( wxWindow *win = GetParent(); win; win = win->GetParent() ) | |
5043 | { | |
5044 | if ( win->MSWPrintChild(hDC, (wxWindow *)this) ) | |
5045 | return true; | |
5046 | ||
5047 | if ( win->IsTopLevel() || win->InheritsBackgroundColour() ) | |
5048 | break; | |
5049 | } | |
5050 | ||
1a784dfc VZ |
5051 | return false; |
5052 | } | |
5053 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
5054 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5055 | // moving and resizing | |
5056 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5057 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5058 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMinimize() |
42e69d6b VZ |
5059 | { |
5060 | wxIconizeEvent event(m_windowId); | |
5061 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
2d0a075d | 5062 | |
937013e0 | 5063 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
5064 | } |
5065 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5066 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMaximize() |
2bda0e17 | 5067 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
5068 | wxMaximizeEvent event(m_windowId); |
5069 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
c085e333 | 5070 | |
937013e0 | 5071 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
42e69d6b | 5072 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5073 | |
1e6feb95 | 5074 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMove(int x, int y) |
42e69d6b | 5075 | { |
907173e5 WS |
5076 | wxPoint point(x,y); |
5077 | wxMoveEvent event(point, m_windowId); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5078 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
5079 | ||
937013e0 | 5080 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
42e69d6b VZ |
5081 | } |
5082 | ||
5706de1c JS |
5083 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMoving(wxRect& rect) |
5084 | { | |
5085 | wxMoveEvent event(rect, m_windowId); | |
5086 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
577baeef | 5087 | |
937013e0 | 5088 | bool rc = HandleWindowEvent(event); |
5706de1c JS |
5089 | if (rc) |
5090 | rect = event.GetRect(); | |
5091 | return rc; | |
5092 | } | |
5093 | ||
aa767a45 JS |
5094 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEnterSizeMove() |
5095 | { | |
66e2ba91 | 5096 | wxMoveEvent event(wxPoint(0,0), m_windowId); |
aa767a45 JS |
5097 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_MOVE_START); |
5098 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
5099 | ||
937013e0 | 5100 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
aa767a45 JS |
5101 | } |
5102 | ||
5103 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleExitSizeMove() | |
5104 | { | |
66e2ba91 | 5105 | wxMoveEvent event(wxPoint(0,0), m_windowId); |
aa767a45 JS |
5106 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_MOVE_END); |
5107 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
5108 | ||
937013e0 | 5109 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
aa767a45 JS |
5110 | } |
5111 | ||
4bc0f25e | 5112 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSize(int WXUNUSED(w), int WXUNUSED(h), WXUINT wParam) |
42e69d6b | 5113 | { |
6bd9b9f2 | 5114 | #if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
c3723477 JS |
5115 | // when we resize this window, its children are probably going to be |
5116 | // repositioned as well, prepare to use DeferWindowPos() for them | |
5117 | int numChildren = 0; | |
5118 | for ( HWND child = ::GetWindow(GetHwndOf(this), GW_CHILD); | |
5119 | child; | |
5120 | child = ::GetWindow(child, GW_HWNDNEXT) ) | |
5121 | { | |
5122 | numChildren ++; | |
5123 | } | |
5124 | ||
3fca879c | 5125 | // Protect against valid m_hDWP being overwritten |
c3723477 JS |
5126 | bool useDefer = false; |
5127 | ||
3f48c8e2 VZ |
5128 | if ( numChildren > 1 ) |
5129 | { | |
c3723477 | 5130 | if (!m_hDWP) |
3fca879c | 5131 | { |
c3723477 JS |
5132 | m_hDWP = (WXHANDLE)::BeginDeferWindowPos(numChildren); |
5133 | if ( !m_hDWP ) | |
5134 | { | |
9a83f860 | 5135 | wxLogLastError(wxT("BeginDeferWindowPos")); |
c3723477 JS |
5136 | } |
5137 | if (m_hDWP) | |
5138 | useDefer = true; | |
3f48c8e2 VZ |
5139 | } |
5140 | } | |
6bd9b9f2 | 5141 | #endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
42e69d6b | 5142 | |
3f48c8e2 VZ |
5143 | // update this window size |
5144 | bool processed = false; | |
4bc0f25e VZ |
5145 | switch ( wParam ) |
5146 | { | |
5147 | default: | |
9a83f860 | 5148 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unexpected WM_SIZE parameter") ); |
4bc0f25e VZ |
5149 | // fall through nevertheless |
5150 | ||
5151 | case SIZE_MAXHIDE: | |
5152 | case SIZE_MAXSHOW: | |
5153 | // we're not interested in these messages at all | |
5154 | break; | |
5155 | ||
5156 | case SIZE_MINIMIZED: | |
5157 | processed = HandleMinimize(); | |
5158 | break; | |
5159 | ||
5160 | case SIZE_MAXIMIZED: | |
a4d1972d | 5161 | /* processed = */ HandleMaximize(); |
4bc0f25e VZ |
5162 | // fall through to send a normal size event as well |
5163 | ||
5164 | case SIZE_RESTORED: | |
5165 | // don't use w and h parameters as they specify the client size | |
5166 | // while according to the docs EVT_SIZE handler is supposed to | |
5167 | // receive the total size | |
5168 | wxSizeEvent event(GetSize(), m_windowId); | |
5169 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
5170 | ||
937013e0 | 5171 | processed = HandleWindowEvent(event); |
4bc0f25e VZ |
5172 | } |
5173 | ||
6bd9b9f2 | 5174 | #if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
3f48c8e2 | 5175 | // and finally change the positions of all child windows at once |
c3723477 | 5176 | if ( useDefer && m_hDWP ) |
3f48c8e2 VZ |
5177 | { |
5178 | // reset m_hDWP to NULL so that child windows don't try to use our | |
5179 | // m_hDWP after we call EndDeferWindowPos() on it (this shouldn't | |
5180 | // happen anyhow normally but who knows what weird flow of control we | |
5181 | // may have depending on what the users EVT_SIZE handler does...) | |
5182 | HDWP hDWP = (HDWP)m_hDWP; | |
5183 | m_hDWP = NULL; | |
3fca879c | 5184 | |
3f48c8e2 VZ |
5185 | // do put all child controls in place at once |
5186 | if ( !::EndDeferWindowPos(hDWP) ) | |
5187 | { | |
9a83f860 | 5188 | wxLogLastError(wxT("EndDeferWindowPos")); |
3f48c8e2 | 5189 | } |
c3723477 | 5190 | |
da78f3b1 | 5191 | // Reset our children's pending pos/size values. |
c3723477 JS |
5192 | for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
5193 | node; | |
5194 | node = node->GetNext() ) | |
5195 | { | |
6bd9b9f2 VZ |
5196 | wxWindowMSW * const child = node->GetData(); |
5197 | child->MSWEndDeferWindowPos(); | |
c3723477 | 5198 | } |
3f48c8e2 | 5199 | } |
6bd9b9f2 | 5200 | #endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
3f48c8e2 | 5201 | |
4bc0f25e | 5202 | return processed; |
42e69d6b VZ |
5203 | } |
5204 | ||
5706de1c JS |
5205 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSizing(wxRect& rect) |
5206 | { | |
5207 | wxSizeEvent event(rect, m_windowId); | |
5208 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
577baeef | 5209 | |
937013e0 | 5210 | bool rc = HandleWindowEvent(event); |
5706de1c JS |
5211 | if (rc) |
5212 | rect = event.GetRect(); | |
5213 | return rc; | |
5214 | } | |
5215 | ||
0c0d1521 | 5216 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleGetMinMaxInfo(void *WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(mmInfo)) |
42e69d6b | 5217 | { |
7f0586ef | 5218 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
08158721 | 5219 | return false; |
7f0586ef | 5220 | #else |
42e69d6b VZ |
5221 | MINMAXINFO *info = (MINMAXINFO *)mmInfo; |
5222 | ||
08158721 | 5223 | bool rc = false; |
b2d5a7ee | 5224 | |
e7dda1ff VS |
5225 | int minWidth = GetMinWidth(), |
5226 | minHeight = GetMinHeight(), | |
5227 | maxWidth = GetMaxWidth(), | |
5228 | maxHeight = GetMaxHeight(); | |
42e69d6b | 5229 | |
422d0ff0 | 5230 | if ( minWidth != wxDefaultCoord ) |
2d0a075d | 5231 | { |
e7dda1ff | 5232 | info->ptMinTrackSize.x = minWidth; |
08158721 | 5233 | rc = true; |
2d0a075d | 5234 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5235 | |
422d0ff0 | 5236 | if ( minHeight != wxDefaultCoord ) |
42e69d6b | 5237 | { |
e7dda1ff | 5238 | info->ptMinTrackSize.y = minHeight; |
08158721 | 5239 | rc = true; |
42e69d6b | 5240 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5241 | |
422d0ff0 | 5242 | if ( maxWidth != wxDefaultCoord ) |
42e69d6b | 5243 | { |
e7dda1ff | 5244 | info->ptMaxTrackSize.x = maxWidth; |
08158721 | 5245 | rc = true; |
2d0a075d | 5246 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5247 | |
422d0ff0 | 5248 | if ( maxHeight != wxDefaultCoord ) |
42e69d6b | 5249 | { |
e7dda1ff | 5250 | info->ptMaxTrackSize.y = maxHeight; |
08158721 | 5251 | rc = true; |
42e69d6b | 5252 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5253 | |
42e69d6b | 5254 | return rc; |
7f0586ef | 5255 | #endif |
42e69d6b | 5256 | } |
2d0a075d | 5257 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5258 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5259 | // command messages | |
5260 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5261 | ||
0edeeb6d | 5262 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCommand(WXWORD id_, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control) |
42e69d6b | 5263 | { |
0edeeb6d VZ |
5264 | // sign extend to int from short before comparing with the other int ids |
5265 | int id = (signed short)id_; | |
5266 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5267 | #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
8c290175 | 5268 | if ( !cmd && wxCurrentPopupMenu ) |
42e69d6b VZ |
5269 | { |
5270 | wxMenu *popupMenu = wxCurrentPopupMenu; | |
5271 | wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL; | |
5272 | ||
5273 | return popupMenu->MSWCommand(cmd, id); | |
5274 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 5275 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
42e69d6b | 5276 | |
8c290175 | 5277 | wxWindow *win = NULL; |
71292fab VZ |
5278 | |
5279 | // first try to find it from HWND - this works even with the broken | |
5280 | // programs using the same ids for different controls | |
5281 | if ( control ) | |
42e69d6b | 5282 | { |
71292fab | 5283 | win = wxFindWinFromHandle(control); |
b853f898 | 5284 | } |
2f4ef631 | 5285 | |
71292fab VZ |
5286 | // try the id |
5287 | if ( !win ) | |
b853f898 | 5288 | { |
0edeeb6d | 5289 | win = FindItem(id); |
42e69d6b VZ |
5290 | } |
5291 | ||
5292 | if ( win ) | |
b94ae1ea | 5293 | { |
42e69d6b | 5294 | return win->MSWCommand(cmd, id); |
b94ae1ea VZ |
5295 | } |
5296 | ||
5297 | // the messages sent from the in-place edit control used by the treectrl | |
5298 | // for label editing have id == 0, but they should _not_ be treated as menu | |
5299 | // messages (they are EN_XXX ones, in fact) so don't translate anything | |
5300 | // coming from a control to wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED | |
5301 | if ( !control ) | |
a84fc80b | 5302 | { |
a6ac49b1 | 5303 | wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, id); |
a84fc80b | 5304 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
a84fc80b | 5305 | event.SetInt(id); |
b94ae1ea | 5306 | |
937013e0 | 5307 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
a84fc80b | 5308 | } |
6fe19057 VZ |
5309 | else |
5310 | { | |
01d2bf4d | 5311 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
6fe19057 VZ |
5312 | // the text ctrl which is logically part of wxSpinCtrl sends WM_COMMAND |
5313 | // notifications to its parent which we want to reflect back to | |
5314 | // wxSpinCtrl | |
5315 | wxSpinCtrl *spin = wxSpinCtrl::GetSpinForTextCtrl(control); | |
5316 | if ( spin && spin->ProcessTextCommand(cmd, id) ) | |
08158721 | 5317 | return true; |
6fe19057 | 5318 | #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL |
42e69d6b | 5319 | |
01d2bf4d WS |
5320 | #if wxUSE_CHOICE && defined(__SMARTPHONE__) |
5321 | // the listbox ctrl which is logically part of wxChoice sends WM_COMMAND | |
5322 | // notifications to its parent which we want to reflect back to | |
5323 | // wxChoice | |
5324 | wxChoice *choice = wxChoice::GetChoiceForListBox(control); | |
5325 | if ( choice && choice->MSWCommand(cmd, id) ) | |
5326 | return true; | |
5327 | #endif | |
5328 | } | |
5329 | ||
08158721 | 5330 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
5331 | } |
5332 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
5333 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5334 | // mouse events | |
5335 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5336 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
5337 | void wxWindowMSW::InitMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event, |
5338 | int x, int y, | |
5339 | WXUINT flags) | |
42e69d6b | 5340 | { |
1e6feb95 VZ |
5341 | // our client coords are not quite the same as Windows ones |
5342 | wxPoint pt = GetClientAreaOrigin(); | |
5343 | event.m_x = x - pt.x; | |
5344 | event.m_y = y - pt.y; | |
5345 | ||
5346 | event.m_shiftDown = (flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0; | |
5347 | event.m_controlDown = (flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0; | |
5348 | event.m_leftDown = (flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0; | |
5349 | event.m_middleDown = (flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0; | |
5350 | event.m_rightDown = (flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0; | |
2f68482e | 5351 | #ifdef wxHAS_XBUTTON |
01101e2d VZ |
5352 | event.m_aux1Down = (flags & MK_XBUTTON1) != 0; |
5353 | event.m_aux2Down = (flags & MK_XBUTTON2) != 0; | |
2f68482e | 5354 | #endif // wxHAS_XBUTTON |
6719c06a | 5355 | event.m_altDown = ::wxIsAltDown(); |
1e6feb95 | 5356 | |
f0b1ccde | 5357 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
1bf77ee5 | 5358 | event.SetTimestamp(::GetMessageTime()); |
f0b1ccde JS |
5359 | #endif |
5360 | ||
687706f5 | 5361 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
fb35f0c7 | 5362 | event.SetId(GetId()); |
42e69d6b VZ |
5363 | |
5364 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
c358ea41 VZ |
5365 | gs_lastMouseEvent.pos = ClientToScreen(wxPoint(x, y)); |
5366 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type = event.GetEventType(); | |
42e69d6b | 5367 | #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK |
2bda0e17 KB |
5368 | } |
5369 | ||
42b1fb63 | 5370 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
dfafa702 VZ |
5371 | // Windows doesn't send the mouse events to the static controls (which are |
5372 | // transparent in the sense that their WM_NCHITTEST handler returns | |
5373 | // HTTRANSPARENT) at all but we want all controls to receive the mouse events | |
5374 | // and so we manually check if we don't have a child window under mouse and if | |
5375 | // we do, send the event to it instead of the window Windows had sent WM_XXX | |
5376 | // to. | |
5377 | // | |
5378 | // Notice that this is not done for the mouse move events because this could | |
5379 | // (would?) be too slow, but only for clicks which means that the static texts | |
5380 | // still don't get move, enter nor leave events. | |
42b1fb63 | 5381 | static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y) |
dfafa702 | 5382 | { |
9a83f860 | 5383 | wxCHECK_MSG( x && y, win, wxT("NULL pointer in FindWindowForMouseEvent") ); |
dfafa702 VZ |
5384 | |
5385 | // first try to find a non transparent child: this allows us to send events | |
5386 | // to a static text which is inside a static box, for example | |
5387 | POINT pt = { *x, *y }; | |
5388 | HWND hwnd = GetHwndOf(win), | |
5389 | hwndUnderMouse; | |
5390 | ||
7f0586ef JS |
5391 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
5392 | hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPoint | |
5393 | ( | |
5394 | hwnd, | |
5395 | pt | |
5396 | ); | |
5397 | #else | |
dfafa702 VZ |
5398 | hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPointEx |
5399 | ( | |
5400 | hwnd, | |
5401 | pt, | |
5402 | CWP_SKIPINVISIBLE | | |
5403 | CWP_SKIPDISABLED | | |
5404 | CWP_SKIPTRANSPARENT | |
5405 | ); | |
7f0586ef | 5406 | #endif |
dfafa702 VZ |
5407 | |
5408 | if ( !hwndUnderMouse || hwndUnderMouse == hwnd ) | |
dfafa702 VZ |
5409 | { |
5410 | // now try any child window at all | |
5411 | hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPoint(hwnd, pt); | |
5412 | } | |
5413 | ||
5414 | // check that we have a child window which is susceptible to receive mouse | |
5415 | // events: for this it must be shown and enabled | |
5416 | if ( hwndUnderMouse && | |
5417 | hwndUnderMouse != hwnd && | |
5418 | ::IsWindowVisible(hwndUnderMouse) && | |
5419 | ::IsWindowEnabled(hwndUnderMouse) ) | |
5420 | { | |
dca0f651 | 5421 | wxWindow *winUnderMouse = wxFindWinFromHandle(hwndUnderMouse); |
dfafa702 VZ |
5422 | if ( winUnderMouse ) |
5423 | { | |
5424 | // translate the mouse coords to the other window coords | |
5425 | win->ClientToScreen(x, y); | |
5426 | winUnderMouse->ScreenToClient(x, y); | |
5427 | ||
5428 | win = winUnderMouse; | |
5429 | } | |
5430 | } | |
5431 | ||
5432 | return win; | |
5433 | } | |
42b1fb63 | 5434 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ |
dfafa702 | 5435 | |
1e6feb95 | 5436 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags) |
2bda0e17 | 5437 | { |
42e69d6b | 5438 | // the mouse events take consecutive IDs from WM_MOUSEFIRST to |
34621cc5 | 5439 | // WM_MOUSELAST, so it's enough to subtract WM_MOUSEMOVE == WM_MOUSEFIRST |
42e69d6b VZ |
5440 | // from the message id and take the value in the table to get wxWin event |
5441 | // id | |
5442 | static const wxEventType eventsMouse[] = | |
5443 | { | |
5444 | wxEVT_MOTION, | |
5445 | wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN, | |
5446 | wxEVT_LEFT_UP, | |
5447 | wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK, | |
5448 | wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN, | |
5449 | wxEVT_RIGHT_UP, | |
5450 | wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK, | |
5451 | wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN, | |
5452 | wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP, | |
01101e2d VZ |
5453 | wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK, |
5454 | 0, // this one is for wxEVT_MOTION which is not used here | |
5455 | wxEVT_AUX1_DOWN, | |
5456 | wxEVT_AUX1_UP, | |
5457 | wxEVT_AUX1_DCLICK, | |
5458 | wxEVT_AUX2_DOWN, | |
5459 | wxEVT_AUX2_UP, | |
5460 | wxEVT_AUX2_DCLICK | |
42e69d6b | 5461 | }; |
2bda0e17 | 5462 | |
2f68482e | 5463 | #ifdef wxHAS_XBUTTON |
01101e2d VZ |
5464 | // the same messages are used for both auxillary mouse buttons so we need |
5465 | // to adjust the index manually | |
5466 | switch ( msg ) | |
5467 | { | |
5468 | case WM_XBUTTONDOWN: | |
5469 | case WM_XBUTTONUP: | |
5470 | case WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
5471 | if ( flags & MK_XBUTTON2 ) | |
5472 | msg += wxEVT_AUX2_DOWN - wxEVT_AUX1_DOWN; | |
5473 | } | |
2f68482e | 5474 | #endif // wxHAS_XBUTTON |
01101e2d | 5475 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5476 | wxMouseEvent event(eventsMouse[msg - WM_MOUSEMOVE]); |
5477 | InitMouseEvent(event, x, y, flags); | |
5478 | ||
937013e0 | 5479 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
42e69d6b VZ |
5480 | } |
5481 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5482 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseMove(int x, int y, WXUINT flags) |
42e69d6b VZ |
5483 | { |
5484 | if ( !m_mouseInWindow ) | |
2bda0e17 | 5485 | { |
1e6feb95 VZ |
5486 | // it would be wrong to assume that just because we get a mouse move |
5487 | // event that the mouse is inside the window: although this is usually | |
5488 | // true, it is not if we had captured the mouse, so we need to check | |
5489 | // the mouse coordinates here | |
5490 | if ( !HasCapture() || IsMouseInWindow() ) | |
5491 | { | |
5492 | // Generate an ENTER event | |
08158721 | 5493 | m_mouseInWindow = true; |
e5297b7f | 5494 | |
4e5c6c33 | 5495 | #ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
aafb9978 VZ |
5496 | typedef BOOL (WINAPI *_TrackMouseEvent_t)(LPTRACKMOUSEEVENT); |
5497 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ | |
5498 | static const _TrackMouseEvent_t | |
5499 | s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent = _TrackMouseEvent; | |
5500 | #else // !__WXWINCE__ | |
5501 | static _TrackMouseEvent_t s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent; | |
5502 | static bool s_initDone = false; | |
5503 | if ( !s_initDone ) | |
5504 | { | |
e2d4ce7d | 5505 | // see comment in wxApp::GetComCtl32Version() explaining the |
5a9379d7 | 5506 | // use of wxLoadedDLL |
9a83f860 | 5507 | wxLoadedDLL dllComCtl32(wxT("comctl32.dll")); |
aafb9978 VZ |
5508 | if ( dllComCtl32.IsLoaded() ) |
5509 | { | |
5510 | s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent = (_TrackMouseEvent_t) | |
9a83f860 | 5511 | dllComCtl32.RawGetSymbol(wxT("_TrackMouseEvent")); |
aafb9978 VZ |
5512 | } |
5513 | ||
5514 | s_initDone = true; | |
aafb9978 VZ |
5515 | } |
5516 | ||
5517 | if ( s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent ) | |
5518 | #endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__ | |
5519 | { | |
5520 | WinStruct<TRACKMOUSEEVENT> trackinfo; | |
4e5c6c33 | 5521 | |
aafb9978 VZ |
5522 | trackinfo.dwFlags = TME_LEAVE; |
5523 | trackinfo.hwndTrack = GetHwnd(); | |
5524 | ||
5525 | (*s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent)(&trackinfo); | |
5526 | } | |
4e5c6c33 VZ |
5527 | #endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
5528 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
5529 | wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW); |
5530 | InitMouseEvent(event, x, y, flags); | |
42e69d6b | 5531 | |
937013e0 | 5532 | (void)HandleWindowEvent(event); |
1e6feb95 | 5533 | } |
42e69d6b | 5534 | } |
cff58b52 | 5535 | #ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
aafb9978 | 5536 | else // mouse not in window |
cff58b52 KH |
5537 | { |
5538 | // Check if we need to send a LEAVE event | |
5539 | // Windows doesn't send WM_MOUSELEAVE if the mouse has been captured so | |
5540 | // send it here if we are using native mouse leave tracking | |
5541 | if ( HasCapture() && !IsMouseInWindow() ) | |
5542 | { | |
5543 | GenerateMouseLeave(); | |
5544 | } | |
5545 | } | |
1ca78aa1 | 5546 | #endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
42e69d6b VZ |
5547 | |
5548 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
c358ea41 VZ |
5549 | // Windows often generates mouse events even if mouse position hasn't |
5550 | // changed (http://article.gmane.org/gmane.comp.lib.wxwidgets.devel/66576) | |
5551 | // | |
5552 | // Filter this out as it can result in unexpected behaviour compared to | |
5553 | // other platforms | |
5554 | if ( gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN || | |
5555 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN || | |
5556 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN || | |
5557 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_MOTION ) | |
5558 | { | |
5559 | if ( ClientToScreen(wxPoint(x, y)) == gs_lastMouseEvent.pos ) | |
5560 | { | |
5561 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type = wxEVT_MOTION; | |
42e69d6b | 5562 | |
c358ea41 VZ |
5563 | return false; |
5564 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5565 | } |
5566 | #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
5567 | ||
5568 | return HandleMouseEvent(WM_MOUSEMOVE, x, y, flags); | |
5569 | } | |
5570 | ||
d2c52078 | 5571 | |
b9e52a19 VZ |
5572 | bool |
5573 | wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseWheel(wxMouseWheelAxis axis, | |
5574 | WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) | |
d2c52078 RD |
5575 | { |
5576 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL | |
3c297348 VZ |
5577 | // notice that WM_MOUSEWHEEL position is in screen coords (as it's |
5578 | // forwarded up to the parent by DefWindowProc()) and not in the client | |
5579 | // ones as all the other messages, translate them to the client coords for | |
5580 | // consistency | |
5581 | const wxPoint | |
5582 | pt = ScreenToClient(wxPoint(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam))); | |
d2c52078 | 5583 | wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL); |
3c297348 | 5584 | InitMouseEvent(event, pt.x, pt.y, LOWORD(wParam)); |
d2c52078 RD |
5585 | event.m_wheelRotation = (short)HIWORD(wParam); |
5586 | event.m_wheelDelta = WHEEL_DELTA; | |
b9e52a19 | 5587 | event.m_wheelAxis = axis; |
d2c52078 | 5588 | |
0f7a546d RD |
5589 | static int s_linesPerRotation = -1; |
5590 | if ( s_linesPerRotation == -1 ) | |
5591 | { | |
5592 | if ( !::SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES, 0, | |
5593 | &s_linesPerRotation, 0)) | |
5594 | { | |
5595 | // this is not supposed to happen | |
9a83f860 | 5596 | wxLogLastError(wxT("SystemParametersInfo(GETWHEELSCROLLLINES)")); |
0f7a546d RD |
5597 | |
5598 | // the default is 3, so use it if SystemParametersInfo() failed | |
5599 | s_linesPerRotation = 3; | |
5600 | } | |
5601 | } | |
d2c52078 | 5602 | |
0f7a546d | 5603 | event.m_linesPerAction = s_linesPerRotation; |
937013e0 | 5604 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
0f7a546d | 5605 | |
51e4e266 VZ |
5606 | #else // !wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL |
5607 | wxUnusedVar(wParam); | |
5608 | wxUnusedVar(lParam); | |
38caaa61 | 5609 | |
08158721 | 5610 | return false; |
51e4e266 | 5611 | #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL/!wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL |
d2c52078 RD |
5612 | } |
5613 | ||
51e4e266 VZ |
5614 | void wxWindowMSW::GenerateMouseLeave() |
5615 | { | |
5616 | m_mouseInWindow = false; | |
5617 | ||
5618 | int state = 0; | |
5619 | if ( wxIsShiftDown() ) | |
5620 | state |= MK_SHIFT; | |
5621 | if ( wxIsCtrlDown() ) | |
5622 | state |= MK_CONTROL; | |
5623 | ||
5624 | // Only the high-order bit should be tested | |
5625 | if ( GetKeyState( VK_LBUTTON ) & (1<<15) ) | |
5626 | state |= MK_LBUTTON; | |
5627 | if ( GetKeyState( VK_MBUTTON ) & (1<<15) ) | |
5628 | state |= MK_MBUTTON; | |
5629 | if ( GetKeyState( VK_RBUTTON ) & (1<<15) ) | |
5630 | state |= MK_RBUTTON; | |
5631 | ||
5632 | POINT pt; | |
d6c37f5b | 5633 | wxGetCursorPosMSW(&pt); |
51e4e266 VZ |
5634 | |
5635 | // we need to have client coordinates here for symmetry with | |
5636 | // wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW | |
5637 | RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd()); | |
5638 | pt.x -= rect.left; | |
5639 | pt.y -= rect.top; | |
5640 | ||
5641 | wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW); | |
5642 | InitMouseEvent(event, pt.x, pt.y, state); | |
5643 | ||
937013e0 | 5644 | (void)HandleWindowEvent(event); |
51e4e266 | 5645 | } |
d2c52078 | 5646 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5647 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5648 | // keyboard handling | |
5649 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5650 | ||
246117d4 VZ |
5651 | namespace |
5652 | { | |
5653 | ||
5654 | // Implementation of InitAnyKeyEvent() which can also be used when there is no | |
5655 | // associated window: this can happen for the wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK events created by | |
5656 | // the global keyboard hook (e.g. the event might have happened in a non-wx | |
5657 | // window). | |
b6885972 | 5658 | void |
246117d4 VZ |
5659 | MSWInitAnyKeyEvent(wxKeyEvent& event, |
5660 | WXWPARAM wParam, | |
5661 | WXLPARAM lParam, | |
eb7a47b7 | 5662 | const wxWindowBase *win /* may be NULL */) |
c42404a5 | 5663 | { |
246117d4 VZ |
5664 | if ( win ) |
5665 | { | |
5666 | event.SetId(win->GetId()); | |
eb7a47b7 | 5667 | event.SetEventObject(const_cast<wxWindowBase *>(win)); |
246117d4 VZ |
5668 | } |
5669 | else // No associated window. | |
5670 | { | |
5671 | // Use wxID_ANY for compatibility with the old code even if wxID_NONE | |
5672 | // would arguably make more sense. | |
5673 | event.SetId(wxID_ANY); | |
5674 | } | |
5675 | ||
3f7bc32b VZ |
5676 | event.m_shiftDown = wxIsShiftDown(); |
5677 | event.m_controlDown = wxIsCtrlDown(); | |
c42404a5 VZ |
5678 | event.m_altDown = (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN; |
5679 | ||
9c7df356 VZ |
5680 | event.m_rawCode = (wxUint32) wParam; |
5681 | event.m_rawFlags = (wxUint32) lParam; | |
f0b1ccde | 5682 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
1bf77ee5 | 5683 | event.SetTimestamp(::GetMessageTime()); |
f0b1ccde | 5684 | #endif |
246117d4 VZ |
5685 | } |
5686 | ||
5687 | } // anonymous namespace | |
5688 | ||
5689 | void | |
5690 | wxWindowMSW::InitAnyKeyEvent(wxKeyEvent& event, | |
5691 | WXWPARAM wParam, | |
5692 | WXLPARAM lParam) const | |
5693 | { | |
5694 | MSWInitAnyKeyEvent(event, wParam, lParam, this); | |
b6885972 VZ |
5695 | } |
5696 | ||
5697 | wxKeyEvent | |
5698 | wxWindowMSW::CreateKeyEvent(wxEventType evType, | |
5699 | WXWPARAM wParam, | |
5700 | WXLPARAM lParam) const | |
5701 | { | |
5702 | // Catch any attempts to use this with WM_CHAR, it wouldn't work because | |
5703 | // wParam is supposed to be a virtual key and not a character here. | |
5704 | wxASSERT_MSG( evType != wxEVT_CHAR && evType != wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK, | |
5705 | "CreateKeyEvent() can't be used for char events" ); | |
5706 | ||
5707 | wxKeyEvent event(evType); | |
5708 | InitAnyKeyEvent(event, wParam, lParam); | |
5709 | ||
5844ad30 VZ |
5710 | event.m_keyCode = wxMSWKeyboard::VKToWX |
5711 | ( | |
5712 | wParam, | |
5713 | lParam | |
b6885972 | 5714 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE |
5844ad30 | 5715 | , &event.m_uniChar |
b6885972 | 5716 | #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE |
5844ad30 | 5717 | ); |
c42404a5 VZ |
5718 | |
5719 | return event; | |
5720 | } | |
5721 | ||
1afe4f9b VZ |
5722 | wxKeyEvent |
5723 | wxWindowMSW::CreateCharEvent(wxEventType evType, | |
5724 | WXWPARAM wParam, | |
5725 | WXLPARAM lParam) const | |
42e69d6b | 5726 | { |
1afe4f9b | 5727 | wxKeyEvent event(evType); |
b6885972 VZ |
5728 | InitAnyKeyEvent(event, wParam, lParam); |
5729 | ||
5730 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE | |
5731 | // TODO: wParam uses UTF-16 so this is incorrect for characters outside of | |
5732 | // the BMP, we should use WM_UNICHAR to handle them. | |
5733 | event.m_uniChar = wParam; | |
5734 | #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE | |
5735 | ||
5736 | // Set non-Unicode key code too for compatibility if possible. | |
5737 | if ( wParam < 0x80 ) | |
42e69d6b | 5738 | { |
b6885972 VZ |
5739 | // It's an ASCII character, no need to translate it. |
5740 | event.m_keyCode = wParam; | |
2d0a075d | 5741 | } |
b6885972 | 5742 | else |
c42404a5 | 5743 | { |
b6885972 VZ |
5744 | // Check if this key can be represented (as a single character) in the |
5745 | // current locale. | |
5746 | const wchar_t wc = wParam; | |
5747 | char ch; | |
5748 | if ( wxConvLibc.FromWChar(&ch, 1, &wc, 1) != wxCONV_FAILED ) | |
c42404a5 | 5749 | { |
b6885972 VZ |
5750 | // For compatibility continue to provide the key code in this field |
5751 | // even though using GetUnicodeKey() is recommended now. | |
5752 | event.m_keyCode = static_cast<unsigned char>(ch); | |
c42404a5 | 5753 | } |
b6885972 VZ |
5754 | //else: Key can't be represented in the current locale, leave m_keyCode |
5755 | // as WXK_NONE and use GetUnicodeKey() to access the character. | |
9c7df356 | 5756 | } |
42e69d6b | 5757 | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
5758 | // the alphanumeric keys produced by pressing AltGr+something on European |
5759 | // keyboards have both Ctrl and Alt modifiers which may confuse the user | |
5760 | // code as, normally, keys with Ctrl and/or Alt don't result in anything | |
5761 | // alphanumeric, so pretend that there are no modifiers at all (the | |
5762 | // KEY_DOWN event would still have the correct modifiers if they're really | |
5763 | // needed) | |
5764 | if ( event.m_controlDown && event.m_altDown && | |
b6885972 | 5765 | (event.m_keyCode >= 32 && event.m_keyCode < 256) ) |
9c7df356 | 5766 | { |
2b5f62a0 | 5767 | event.m_controlDown = |
08158721 | 5768 | event.m_altDown = false; |
2d0a075d | 5769 | } |
c42404a5 | 5770 | |
1afe4f9b VZ |
5771 | return event; |
5772 | } | |
5773 | ||
5774 | // isASCII is true only when we're called from WM_CHAR handler and not from | |
5775 | // WM_KEYDOWN one | |
5776 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleChar(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) | |
5777 | { | |
5778 | wxKeyEvent event(CreateCharEvent(wxEVT_CHAR, wParam, lParam)); | |
937013e0 | 5779 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
5780 | } |
5781 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5782 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyDown(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
2bda0e17 | 5783 | { |
b6885972 | 5784 | wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_DOWN, wParam, lParam)); |
937013e0 | 5785 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
5786 | } |
5787 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5788 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyUp(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
2bda0e17 | 5789 | { |
b6885972 | 5790 | wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_UP, wParam, lParam)); |
937013e0 | 5791 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
5792 | } |
5793 | ||
53a118d6 | 5794 | #if wxUSE_MENUS |
0c0d1521 WS |
5795 | int wxWindowMSW::HandleMenuChar(int WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(chAccel), |
5796 | WXLPARAM WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(lParam)) | |
b74cce40 | 5797 | { |
7f0586ef JS |
5798 | // FIXME: implement GetMenuItemCount for WinCE, possibly |
5799 | // in terms of GetMenuItemInfo | |
5800 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ | |
b74cce40 VZ |
5801 | const HMENU hmenu = (HMENU)lParam; |
5802 | ||
be85a191 | 5803 | WinStruct<MENUITEMINFO> mii; |
c70ffbdb VZ |
5804 | |
5805 | // we could use MIIM_FTYPE here as we only need to know if the item is | |
5806 | // ownerdrawn or not and not dwTypeData which MIIM_TYPE also returns, but | |
5807 | // MIIM_FTYPE is not supported under Win95 | |
b74cce40 VZ |
5808 | mii.fMask = MIIM_TYPE | MIIM_DATA; |
5809 | ||
5810 | // find if we have this letter in any owner drawn item | |
5811 | const int count = ::GetMenuItemCount(hmenu); | |
5812 | for ( int i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
5813 | { | |
c70ffbdb VZ |
5814 | // previous loop iteration could modify it, reset it back before |
5815 | // calling GetMenuItemInfo() to prevent it from overflowing dwTypeData | |
5816 | mii.cch = 0; | |
5817 | ||
b74cce40 VZ |
5818 | if ( ::GetMenuItemInfo(hmenu, i, TRUE, &mii) ) |
5819 | { | |
5820 | if ( mii.fType == MFT_OWNERDRAW ) | |
5821 | { | |
5822 | // dwItemData member of the MENUITEMINFO is a | |
5823 | // pointer to the associated wxMenuItem -- see the | |
5824 | // menu creation code | |
5825 | wxMenuItem *item = (wxMenuItem*)mii.dwItemData; | |
5826 | ||
4193a1a4 | 5827 | const wxString label(item->GetItemLabel()); |
017dc06b | 5828 | const wxChar *p = wxStrchr(label.t_str(), wxT('&')); |
b74cce40 VZ |
5829 | while ( p++ ) |
5830 | { | |
9a83f860 | 5831 | if ( *p == wxT('&') ) |
b74cce40 VZ |
5832 | { |
5833 | // this is not the accel char, find the real one | |
9a83f860 | 5834 | p = wxStrchr(p + 1, wxT('&')); |
b74cce40 VZ |
5835 | } |
5836 | else // got the accel char | |
5837 | { | |
5838 | // FIXME-UNICODE: this comparison doesn't risk to work | |
5839 | // for non ASCII accelerator characters I'm afraid, but | |
5840 | // what can we do? | |
907173e5 | 5841 | if ( (wchar_t)wxToupper(*p) == (wchar_t)chAccel ) |
b74cce40 VZ |
5842 | { |
5843 | return i; | |
5844 | } | |
5845 | else | |
5846 | { | |
5847 | // this one doesn't match | |
5848 | break; | |
5849 | } | |
5850 | } | |
5851 | } | |
5852 | } | |
5853 | } | |
e39af974 | 5854 | else // failed to get the menu text? |
b74cce40 | 5855 | { |
c70ffbdb | 5856 | // it's not fatal, so don't show error, but still log it |
9a83f860 | 5857 | wxLogLastError(wxT("GetMenuItemInfo")); |
b74cce40 VZ |
5858 | } |
5859 | } | |
7f0586ef | 5860 | #endif |
b74cce40 VZ |
5861 | return wxNOT_FOUND; |
5862 | } | |
5863 | ||
17a04304 VZ |
5864 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS |
5865 | ||
5866 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleClipboardEvent(WXUINT nMsg) | |
78c91815 | 5867 | { |
17a04304 VZ |
5868 | const wxEventType type = nMsg == WM_CUT ? wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT |
5869 | : nMsg == WM_COPY ? wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY | |
5870 | : /* nMsg == WM_PASTE */ wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE; | |
78c91815 VZ |
5871 | wxClipboardTextEvent evt(type, GetId()); |
5872 | ||
5873 | evt.SetEventObject(this); | |
5874 | ||
937013e0 | 5875 | return HandleWindowEvent(evt); |
78c91815 VZ |
5876 | } |
5877 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
5878 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5879 | // joystick | |
5880 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5881 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5882 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleJoystickEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags) |
2bda0e17 | 5883 | { |
8cb172b4 | 5884 | #ifdef JOY_BUTTON1 |
42e69d6b VZ |
5885 | int change = 0; |
5886 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON1CHG ) | |
5887 | change = wxJOY_BUTTON1; | |
5888 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON2CHG ) | |
5889 | change = wxJOY_BUTTON2; | |
5890 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON3CHG ) | |
5891 | change = wxJOY_BUTTON3; | |
5892 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON4CHG ) | |
5893 | change = wxJOY_BUTTON4; | |
2bda0e17 | 5894 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5895 | int buttons = 0; |
5896 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON1 ) | |
5897 | buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON1; | |
5898 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON2 ) | |
5899 | buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON2; | |
5900 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON3 ) | |
5901 | buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON3; | |
5902 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON4 ) | |
5903 | buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON4; | |
c085e333 | 5904 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5905 | // the event ids aren't consecutive so we can't use table based lookup |
5906 | int joystick; | |
5907 | wxEventType eventType; | |
5908 | switch ( msg ) | |
5909 | { | |
5910 | case MM_JOY1MOVE: | |
5911 | joystick = 1; | |
5912 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_MOVE; | |
5913 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5914 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5915 | case MM_JOY2MOVE: |
5916 | joystick = 2; | |
5917 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_MOVE; | |
5918 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5919 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5920 | case MM_JOY1ZMOVE: |
5921 | joystick = 1; | |
5922 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE; | |
5923 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5924 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5925 | case MM_JOY2ZMOVE: |
5926 | joystick = 2; | |
5927 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE; | |
5928 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5929 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5930 | case MM_JOY1BUTTONDOWN: |
5931 | joystick = 1; | |
5932 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN; | |
5933 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5934 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5935 | case MM_JOY2BUTTONDOWN: |
5936 | joystick = 2; | |
5937 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN; | |
5938 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5939 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5940 | case MM_JOY1BUTTONUP: |
5941 | joystick = 1; | |
5942 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP; | |
5943 | break; | |
5944 | ||
5945 | case MM_JOY2BUTTONUP: | |
5946 | joystick = 2; | |
5947 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP; | |
5948 | break; | |
5949 | ||
5950 | default: | |
223d09f6 | 5951 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("no such joystick event")); |
2d0a075d | 5952 | |
08158721 | 5953 | return false; |
2d0a075d | 5954 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5955 | |
42e69d6b | 5956 | wxJoystickEvent event(eventType, buttons, joystick, change); |
3b2f80c2 VZ |
5957 | if ( eventType == wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE ) |
5958 | event.SetZPosition(x); | |
5959 | else | |
5960 | event.SetPosition(wxPoint(x, y)); | |
42e69d6b | 5961 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
c085e333 | 5962 | |
937013e0 | 5963 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
8cb172b4 | 5964 | #else |
991420e6 WS |
5965 | wxUnusedVar(msg); |
5966 | wxUnusedVar(x); | |
5967 | wxUnusedVar(y); | |
5968 | wxUnusedVar(flags); | |
08158721 | 5969 | return false; |
8cb172b4 | 5970 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
5971 | } |
5972 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
5973 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5974 | // scrolling | |
5975 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5976 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5977 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD wParam, |
f4f734c1 | 5978 | WXWORD pos, WXHWND control) |
35bbb0c6 | 5979 | { |
a0d924c6 | 5980 | if ( control && control != m_hWnd ) // Prevent infinite recursion |
cc2b7472 | 5981 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
5982 | wxWindow *child = wxFindWinFromHandle(control); |
5983 | if ( child ) | |
5984 | return child->MSWOnScroll(orientation, wParam, pos, control); | |
cc2b7472 | 5985 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5986 | |
9145664b | 5987 | wxScrollWinEvent event; |
42e69d6b VZ |
5988 | event.SetPosition(pos); |
5989 | event.SetOrientation(orientation); | |
687706f5 | 5990 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
cc2b7472 | 5991 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5992 | switch ( wParam ) |
5993 | { | |
5994 | case SB_TOP: | |
687706f5 | 5995 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP); |
42e69d6b | 5996 | break; |
cc2b7472 | 5997 | |
42e69d6b | 5998 | case SB_BOTTOM: |
687706f5 | 5999 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM); |
42e69d6b | 6000 | break; |
cc2b7472 | 6001 | |
42e69d6b | 6002 | case SB_LINEUP: |
687706f5 | 6003 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP); |
42e69d6b | 6004 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 6005 | |
42e69d6b | 6006 | case SB_LINEDOWN: |
687706f5 | 6007 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN); |
42e69d6b | 6008 | break; |
a02eb1d2 | 6009 | |
42e69d6b | 6010 | case SB_PAGEUP: |
687706f5 | 6011 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP); |
42e69d6b | 6012 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 6013 | |
42e69d6b | 6014 | case SB_PAGEDOWN: |
687706f5 | 6015 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN); |
42e69d6b | 6016 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 6017 | |
42e69d6b | 6018 | case SB_THUMBPOSITION: |
feda3011 | 6019 | case SB_THUMBTRACK: |
f6bcfd97 BP |
6020 | // under Win32, the scrollbar range and position are 32 bit integers, |
6021 | // but WM_[HV]SCROLL only carry the low 16 bits of them, so we must | |
6022 | // explicitly query the scrollbar for the correct position (this must | |
6023 | // be done only for these two SB_ events as they are the only one | |
6024 | // carrying the scrollbar position) | |
6025 | { | |
0cf5de11 | 6026 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo; |
f6bcfd97 BP |
6027 | scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_TRACKPOS; |
6028 | ||
6029 | if ( !::GetScrollInfo(GetHwnd(), | |
1ddb6d28 | 6030 | WXOrientToSB(orientation), |
f6bcfd97 BP |
6031 | &scrollInfo) ) |
6032 | { | |
3103e8a9 | 6033 | // Not necessarily an error, if there are no scrollbars yet. |
9a83f860 | 6034 | // wxLogLastError(wxT("GetScrollInfo")); |
f6bcfd97 BP |
6035 | } |
6036 | ||
6037 | event.SetPosition(scrollInfo.nTrackPos); | |
6038 | } | |
f6bcfd97 | 6039 | |
687706f5 | 6040 | event.SetEventType( wParam == SB_THUMBPOSITION |
f6bcfd97 | 6041 | ? wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE |
687706f5 | 6042 | : wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK ); |
42e69d6b | 6043 | break; |
c085e333 | 6044 | |
42e69d6b | 6045 | default: |
08158721 | 6046 | return false; |
564b2609 | 6047 | } |
2bda0e17 | 6048 | |
937013e0 | 6049 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
6050 | } |
6051 | ||
5acec112 VZ |
6052 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
6053 | // custom message handlers | |
6054 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
6055 | ||
6056 | /* static */ bool | |
6057 | wxWindowMSW::MSWRegisterMessageHandler(int msg, MSWMessageHandler handler) | |
6058 | { | |
6059 | wxCHECK_MSG( gs_messageHandlers.find(msg) == gs_messageHandlers.end(), | |
9a83f860 | 6060 | false, wxT("registering handler for the same message twice") ); |
5acec112 VZ |
6061 | |
6062 | gs_messageHandlers[msg] = handler; | |
6063 | return true; | |
6064 | } | |
6065 | ||
6066 | /* static */ void | |
6067 | wxWindowMSW::MSWUnregisterMessageHandler(int msg, MSWMessageHandler handler) | |
6068 | { | |
6069 | const MSWMessageHandlers::iterator i = gs_messageHandlers.find(msg); | |
6070 | wxCHECK_RET( i != gs_messageHandlers.end() && i->second == handler, | |
9a83f860 | 6071 | wxT("unregistering non-registered handler?") ); |
5acec112 VZ |
6072 | |
6073 | gs_messageHandlers.erase(i); | |
6074 | } | |
6075 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
6076 | // =========================================================================== |
6077 | // global functions | |
6078 | // =========================================================================== | |
6079 | ||
7a5e53ab | 6080 | void wxGetCharSize(WXHWND wnd, int *x, int *y, const wxFont& the_font) |
2bda0e17 | 6081 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
6082 | TEXTMETRIC tm; |
6083 | HDC dc = ::GetDC((HWND) wnd); | |
42e69d6b | 6084 | HFONT was = 0; |
35bbb0c6 | 6085 | |
7a5e53ab VS |
6086 | // the_font.UseResource(); |
6087 | // the_font.RealizeResource(); | |
c57c2993 | 6088 | HFONT fnt = (HFONT)the_font.GetResourceHandle(); // const_cast |
7a5e53ab VS |
6089 | if ( fnt ) |
6090 | was = (HFONT) SelectObject(dc,fnt); | |
35bbb0c6 | 6091 | |
42e69d6b | 6092 | GetTextMetrics(dc, &tm); |
7a5e53ab | 6093 | if ( fnt && was ) |
2d0a075d | 6094 | { |
42e69d6b | 6095 | SelectObject(dc,was); |
2d0a075d | 6096 | } |
42e69d6b | 6097 | ReleaseDC((HWND)wnd, dc); |
0655ad29 VZ |
6098 | |
6099 | if ( x ) | |
6100 | *x = tm.tmAveCharWidth; | |
6101 | if ( y ) | |
6102 | *y = tm.tmHeight + tm.tmExternalLeading; | |
2bda0e17 | 6103 | |
7a5e53ab | 6104 | // the_font.ReleaseResource(); |
42e69d6b | 6105 | } |
c085e333 | 6106 | |
0c03f52d VZ |
6107 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
6108 | // keyboard codes | |
6109 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
6110 | ||
6111 | namespace wxMSWKeyboard | |
6112 | { | |
6113 | ||
daf9622e VZ |
6114 | namespace |
6115 | { | |
6116 | ||
e6cef55a VZ |
6117 | // use the "extended" bit of lParam to distinguish extended keys from normal |
6118 | // keys as the same virtual key code is sent for both by Windows | |
daf9622e | 6119 | inline |
ed5bc8f1 | 6120 | int ChooseNormalOrExtended(int lParam, int keyNormal, int keyExtended) |
5004c3ad | 6121 | { |
ed5bc8f1 VZ |
6122 | // except that if lParam is 0, it means we don't have real lParam from |
6123 | // WM_KEYDOWN but are just translating just a VK constant (e.g. done from | |
6124 | // msw/treectrl.cpp when processing TVN_KEYDOWN) -- then assume this is a | |
6125 | // non-numpad (hence extended) key as this is a more common case | |
e6cef55a | 6126 | return !lParam || (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_EXTENDED) ? keyExtended : keyNormal; |
5004c3ad JG |
6127 | } |
6128 | ||
d5c21b02 | 6129 | // this array contains the Windows virtual key codes which map one to one to |
0c03f52d | 6130 | // WXK_xxx constants and is used in wxMSWKeyboard::VKToWX/WXToVK() below |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6131 | // |
6132 | // note that keys having a normal and numpad version (e.g. WXK_HOME and | |
6133 | // WXK_NUMPAD_HOME) are not included in this table as the mapping is not 1-to-1 | |
daf9622e | 6134 | const struct wxKeyMapping |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6135 | { |
6136 | int vk; | |
6137 | wxKeyCode wxk; | |
6138 | } gs_specialKeys[] = | |
6139 | { | |
6140 | { VK_CANCEL, WXK_CANCEL }, | |
6141 | { VK_BACK, WXK_BACK }, | |
6142 | { VK_TAB, WXK_TAB }, | |
6143 | { VK_CLEAR, WXK_CLEAR }, | |
6144 | { VK_SHIFT, WXK_SHIFT }, | |
6145 | { VK_CONTROL, WXK_CONTROL }, | |
6146 | { VK_MENU , WXK_ALT }, | |
6147 | { VK_PAUSE, WXK_PAUSE }, | |
6148 | { VK_CAPITAL, WXK_CAPITAL }, | |
6149 | { VK_SPACE, WXK_SPACE }, | |
6150 | { VK_ESCAPE, WXK_ESCAPE }, | |
6151 | { VK_SELECT, WXK_SELECT }, | |
6152 | { VK_PRINT, WXK_PRINT }, | |
6153 | { VK_EXECUTE, WXK_EXECUTE }, | |
e59c2b2d VZ |
6154 | { VK_SNAPSHOT, WXK_SNAPSHOT }, |
6155 | { VK_HELP, WXK_HELP }, | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6156 | |
6157 | { VK_NUMPAD0, WXK_NUMPAD0 }, | |
6158 | { VK_NUMPAD1, WXK_NUMPAD1 }, | |
6159 | { VK_NUMPAD2, WXK_NUMPAD2 }, | |
6160 | { VK_NUMPAD3, WXK_NUMPAD3 }, | |
6161 | { VK_NUMPAD4, WXK_NUMPAD4 }, | |
6162 | { VK_NUMPAD5, WXK_NUMPAD5 }, | |
6163 | { VK_NUMPAD6, WXK_NUMPAD6 }, | |
6164 | { VK_NUMPAD7, WXK_NUMPAD7 }, | |
6165 | { VK_NUMPAD8, WXK_NUMPAD8 }, | |
6166 | { VK_NUMPAD9, WXK_NUMPAD9 }, | |
6167 | { VK_MULTIPLY, WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY }, | |
6168 | { VK_ADD, WXK_NUMPAD_ADD }, | |
6169 | { VK_SUBTRACT, WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT }, | |
6170 | { VK_DECIMAL, WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL }, | |
6171 | { VK_DIVIDE, WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE }, | |
6172 | ||
6173 | { VK_F1, WXK_F1 }, | |
6174 | { VK_F2, WXK_F2 }, | |
6175 | { VK_F3, WXK_F3 }, | |
6176 | { VK_F4, WXK_F4 }, | |
6177 | { VK_F5, WXK_F5 }, | |
6178 | { VK_F6, WXK_F6 }, | |
6179 | { VK_F7, WXK_F7 }, | |
6180 | { VK_F8, WXK_F8 }, | |
6181 | { VK_F9, WXK_F9 }, | |
6182 | { VK_F10, WXK_F10 }, | |
6183 | { VK_F11, WXK_F11 }, | |
6184 | { VK_F12, WXK_F12 }, | |
6185 | { VK_F13, WXK_F13 }, | |
6186 | { VK_F14, WXK_F14 }, | |
6187 | { VK_F15, WXK_F15 }, | |
6188 | { VK_F16, WXK_F16 }, | |
6189 | { VK_F17, WXK_F17 }, | |
6190 | { VK_F18, WXK_F18 }, | |
6191 | { VK_F19, WXK_F19 }, | |
6192 | { VK_F20, WXK_F20 }, | |
6193 | { VK_F21, WXK_F21 }, | |
6194 | { VK_F22, WXK_F22 }, | |
6195 | { VK_F23, WXK_F23 }, | |
6196 | { VK_F24, WXK_F24 }, | |
6197 | ||
6198 | { VK_NUMLOCK, WXK_NUMLOCK }, | |
6199 | { VK_SCROLL, WXK_SCROLL }, | |
6200 | ||
6201 | #ifdef VK_APPS | |
6202 | { VK_LWIN, WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT }, | |
6203 | { VK_RWIN, WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT }, | |
6204 | { VK_APPS, WXK_WINDOWS_MENU }, | |
6205 | #endif // VK_APPS defined | |
6206 | }; | |
6207 | ||
daf9622e VZ |
6208 | } // anonymous namespace |
6209 | ||
5844ad30 | 6210 | int VKToWX(WXWORD vk, WXLPARAM lParam, wchar_t *uc) |
42e69d6b | 6211 | { |
5844ad30 VZ |
6212 | int wxk; |
6213 | ||
d5c21b02 VZ |
6214 | // check the table first |
6215 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(gs_specialKeys); n++ ) | |
6216 | { | |
6217 | if ( gs_specialKeys[n].vk == vk ) | |
5844ad30 VZ |
6218 | { |
6219 | wxk = gs_specialKeys[n].wxk; | |
6220 | if ( wxk < WXK_START ) | |
6221 | { | |
6222 | // Unicode code for this key is the same as its ASCII code. | |
6223 | if ( uc ) | |
6224 | *uc = wxk; | |
6225 | } | |
6226 | ||
6227 | return wxk; | |
6228 | } | |
d5c21b02 | 6229 | } |
9c7df356 | 6230 | |
d5c21b02 | 6231 | // keys requiring special handling |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6232 | switch ( vk ) |
6233 | { | |
5844ad30 VZ |
6234 | case VK_OEM_1: |
6235 | case VK_OEM_PLUS: | |
6236 | case VK_OEM_COMMA: | |
6237 | case VK_OEM_MINUS: | |
6238 | case VK_OEM_PERIOD: | |
6239 | case VK_OEM_2: | |
6240 | case VK_OEM_3: | |
6241 | case VK_OEM_4: | |
6242 | case VK_OEM_5: | |
6243 | case VK_OEM_6: | |
6244 | case VK_OEM_7: | |
fc4070fc | 6245 | case VK_OEM_102: |
5844ad30 VZ |
6246 | // MapVirtualKey() returns 0 if it fails to convert the virtual |
6247 | // key which nicely corresponds to our WXK_NONE. | |
6248 | wxk = ::MapVirtualKey(vk, MAPVK_VK_TO_CHAR); | |
6249 | ||
6250 | if ( HIWORD(wxk) & 0x8000 ) | |
6251 | { | |
6252 | // It's a dead key and we don't return anything at all for them | |
6253 | // as we simply don't have any way to indicate the difference | |
6254 | // between e.g. a normal "'" and "'" as a dead key -- and | |
6255 | // generating the same events for them just doesn't seem like a | |
6256 | // good idea. | |
6257 | wxk = WXK_NONE; | |
6258 | } | |
5844ad30 | 6259 | |
033428a3 VZ |
6260 | // In any case return this as a Unicode character value. |
6261 | if ( uc ) | |
6262 | *uc = wxk; | |
6263 | ||
6264 | // For compatibility with the old non-Unicode code we continue | |
6265 | // returning key codes for Latin-1 characters directly | |
6266 | // (normally it would really only make sense to do it for the | |
6267 | // ASCII characters, not Latin-1 ones). | |
6268 | if ( wxk > 255 ) | |
6269 | { | |
6270 | // But for anything beyond this we can only return the key | |
6271 | // value as a real Unicode character, not a wxKeyCode | |
6272 | // because this enum values clash with Unicode characters | |
6273 | // (e.g. WXK_LBUTTON also happens to be U+012C a.k.a. | |
6274 | // "LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH BREVE"). | |
6275 | wxk = WXK_NONE; | |
5844ad30 VZ |
6276 | } |
6277 | break; | |
702c4208 | 6278 | |
5004c3ad | 6279 | // handle extended keys |
413553cc | 6280 | case VK_PRIOR: |
d5c21b02 | 6281 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP, WXK_PAGEUP); |
413553cc | 6282 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6283 | |
413553cc | 6284 | case VK_NEXT: |
d5c21b02 | 6285 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN, WXK_PAGEDOWN); |
413553cc | 6286 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6287 | |
413553cc | 6288 | case VK_END: |
d5c21b02 | 6289 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_END, WXK_END); |
413553cc | 6290 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6291 | |
413553cc | 6292 | case VK_HOME: |
d5c21b02 | 6293 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_HOME, WXK_HOME); |
413553cc | 6294 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6295 | |
413553cc | 6296 | case VK_LEFT: |
d5c21b02 | 6297 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT, WXK_LEFT); |
413553cc | 6298 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6299 | |
413553cc | 6300 | case VK_UP: |
d5c21b02 | 6301 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_UP, WXK_UP); |
413553cc | 6302 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6303 | |
413553cc | 6304 | case VK_RIGHT: |
d5c21b02 | 6305 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT, WXK_RIGHT); |
413553cc | 6306 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6307 | |
413553cc | 6308 | case VK_DOWN: |
d5c21b02 | 6309 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN, WXK_DOWN); |
413553cc | 6310 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6311 | |
413553cc | 6312 | case VK_INSERT: |
d5c21b02 | 6313 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT, WXK_INSERT); |
413553cc | 6314 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6315 | |
413553cc | 6316 | case VK_DELETE: |
d5c21b02 | 6317 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE, WXK_DELETE); |
413553cc | 6318 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6319 | |
ff792344 | 6320 | case VK_RETURN: |
ed5bc8f1 VZ |
6321 | // don't use ChooseNormalOrExtended() here as the keys are reversed |
6322 | // here: numpad enter is the extended one | |
e6cef55a | 6323 | wxk = HIWORD(lParam) & KF_EXTENDED ? WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER : WXK_RETURN; |
b4c0df15 VZ |
6324 | |
6325 | if ( uc ) | |
6326 | *uc = WXK_RETURN; | |
ff792344 VZ |
6327 | break; |
6328 | ||
f6bcfd97 | 6329 | default: |
5844ad30 VZ |
6330 | if ( (vk >= '0' && vk <= '9') || (vk >= 'A' && vk <= 'Z') ) |
6331 | { | |
6332 | // A simple alphanumeric key and the values of them coincide in | |
6333 | // Windows and wx for both ASCII and Unicode codes. | |
6334 | wxk = vk; | |
5844ad30 VZ |
6335 | } |
6336 | else // Something we simply don't know about at all. | |
6337 | { | |
6338 | wxk = WXK_NONE; | |
6339 | } | |
033428a3 VZ |
6340 | |
6341 | if ( uc ) | |
6342 | *uc = vk; | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6343 | } |
6344 | ||
6345 | return wxk; | |
6346 | } | |
6347 | ||
0c03f52d | 6348 | WXWORD WXToVK(int wxk, bool *isExtended) |
d5c21b02 | 6349 | { |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6350 | // check the table first |
6351 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(gs_specialKeys); n++ ) | |
6352 | { | |
6353 | if ( gs_specialKeys[n].wxk == wxk ) | |
2dcbc461 VZ |
6354 | { |
6355 | // All extended keys (i.e. non-numpad versions of the keys that | |
6356 | // exist both in the numpad and outside of it) are dealt with | |
6357 | // below. | |
6358 | if ( isExtended ) | |
6359 | *isExtended = false; | |
6360 | ||
d5c21b02 | 6361 | return gs_specialKeys[n].vk; |
2dcbc461 | 6362 | } |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6363 | } |
6364 | ||
6365 | // and then check for special keys not included in the table | |
2dcbc461 | 6366 | bool extended = false; |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6367 | WXWORD vk; |
6368 | switch ( wxk ) | |
6369 | { | |
71403278 | 6370 | case WXK_PAGEUP: |
2dcbc461 | 6371 | extended = true; |
71403278 VZ |
6372 | case WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP: |
6373 | vk = VK_PRIOR; | |
6374 | break; | |
6375 | ||
6376 | case WXK_PAGEDOWN: | |
2dcbc461 | 6377 | extended = true; |
71403278 VZ |
6378 | case WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN: |
6379 | vk = VK_NEXT; | |
6380 | break; | |
6381 | ||
6382 | case WXK_END: | |
2dcbc461 | 6383 | extended = true; |
71403278 VZ |
6384 | case WXK_NUMPAD_END: |
6385 | vk = VK_END; | |
6386 | break; | |
6387 | ||
6388 | case WXK_HOME: | |
2dcbc461 | 6389 | extended = true; |
71403278 VZ |
6390 | case WXK_NUMPAD_HOME: |
6391 | vk = VK_HOME; | |
6392 | break; | |
6393 | ||
6394 | case WXK_LEFT: | |
2dcbc461 | 6395 | extended = true; |
71403278 VZ |
6396 | case WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT: |
6397 | vk = VK_LEFT; | |
6398 | break; | |
6399 | ||
6400 | case WXK_UP: | |
2dcbc461 | 6401 | extended = true; |
71403278 VZ |
6402 | case WXK_NUMPAD_UP: |
6403 | vk = VK_UP; | |
6404 | break; | |
6405 | ||
6406 | case WXK_RIGHT: | |
2dcbc461 | 6407 | extended = true; |
71403278 VZ |
6408 | case WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT: |
6409 | vk = VK_RIGHT; | |
6410 | break; | |
6411 | ||
6412 | case WXK_DOWN: | |
2dcbc461 | 6413 | extended = true; |
71403278 VZ |
6414 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN: |
6415 | vk = VK_DOWN; | |
6416 | break; | |
6417 | ||
6418 | case WXK_INSERT: | |
2dcbc461 | 6419 | extended = true; |
71403278 VZ |
6420 | case WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT: |
6421 | vk = VK_INSERT; | |
6422 | break; | |
6423 | ||
6424 | case WXK_DELETE: | |
2dcbc461 | 6425 | extended = true; |
71403278 VZ |
6426 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE: |
6427 | vk = VK_DELETE; | |
6428 | break; | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6429 | |
6430 | default: | |
d9fda37b VZ |
6431 | // no VkKeyScan() under CE unfortunately, we need to test how does |
6432 | // it handle OEM keys | |
6433 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ | |
ad294cb8 VZ |
6434 | // check to see if its one of the OEM key codes. |
6435 | BYTE vks = LOBYTE(VkKeyScan(wxk)); | |
6e3e6c8e | 6436 | if ( vks != 0xff ) |
ad294cb8 VZ |
6437 | { |
6438 | vk = vks; | |
6439 | } | |
6440 | else | |
d9fda37b | 6441 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ |
ad294cb8 | 6442 | { |
ad294cb8 VZ |
6443 | vk = (WXWORD)wxk; |
6444 | } | |
2bda0e17 | 6445 | } |
d5c21b02 | 6446 | |
2dcbc461 VZ |
6447 | if ( isExtended ) |
6448 | *isExtended = extended; | |
6449 | ||
d5c21b02 VZ |
6450 | return vk; |
6451 | } | |
6452 | ||
0c03f52d VZ |
6453 | } // namespace wxMSWKeyboard |
6454 | ||
d5c21b02 VZ |
6455 | // small helper for wxGetKeyState() and wxGetMouseState() |
6456 | static inline bool wxIsKeyDown(WXWORD vk) | |
6457 | { | |
d9fda37b VZ |
6458 | // SM_SWAPBUTTON is not available under CE, so don't swap buttons there |
6459 | #ifdef SM_SWAPBUTTON | |
6460 | if ( vk == VK_LBUTTON || vk == VK_RBUTTON ) | |
b8f434e7 | 6461 | { |
d9fda37b VZ |
6462 | if ( ::GetSystemMetrics(SM_SWAPBUTTON) ) |
6463 | { | |
6464 | if ( vk == VK_LBUTTON ) | |
6465 | vk = VK_RBUTTON; | |
6466 | else // vk == VK_RBUTTON | |
6467 | vk = VK_LBUTTON; | |
6468 | } | |
b8f434e7 | 6469 | } |
d9fda37b VZ |
6470 | #endif // SM_SWAPBUTTON |
6471 | ||
d5c21b02 VZ |
6472 | // the low order bit indicates whether the key was pressed since the last |
6473 | // call and the high order one indicates whether it is down right now and | |
6474 | // we only want that one | |
b8f434e7 | 6475 | return (GetAsyncKeyState(vk) & (1<<15)) != 0; |
2bda0e17 KB |
6476 | } |
6477 | ||
1751226c | 6478 | bool wxGetKeyState(wxKeyCode key) |
6ed892f3 | 6479 | { |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6480 | // although this does work under Windows, it is not supported under other |
6481 | // platforms so don't allow it, you must use wxGetMouseState() instead | |
6482 | wxASSERT_MSG( key != VK_LBUTTON && | |
6483 | key != VK_RBUTTON && | |
6484 | key != VK_MBUTTON, | |
6485 | wxT("can't use wxGetKeyState() for mouse buttons") ); | |
6ed892f3 | 6486 | |
0c03f52d | 6487 | const WXWORD vk = wxMSWKeyboard::WXToVK(key); |
44353523 | 6488 | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6489 | // if the requested key is a LED key, return true if the led is pressed |
6490 | if ( key == WXK_NUMLOCK || key == WXK_CAPITAL || key == WXK_SCROLL ) | |
fdec2c05 | 6491 | { |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6492 | // low order bit means LED is highlighted and high order one means the |
6493 | // key is down; for compatibility with the other ports return true if | |
6494 | // either one is set | |
b8f434e7 | 6495 | return GetKeyState(vk) != 0; |
35bbb0c6 | 6496 | |
fdec2c05 | 6497 | } |
d5c21b02 | 6498 | else // normal key |
84c51ddf | 6499 | { |
d5c21b02 | 6500 | return wxIsKeyDown(vk); |
84c51ddf | 6501 | } |
6ed892f3 RN |
6502 | } |
6503 | ||
7dd40b6f RD |
6504 | |
6505 | wxMouseState wxGetMouseState() | |
6506 | { | |
6507 | wxMouseState ms; | |
6508 | POINT pt; | |
d6c37f5b | 6509 | wxGetCursorPosMSW(&pt); |
7dd40b6f RD |
6510 | |
6511 | ms.SetX(pt.x); | |
6512 | ms.SetY(pt.y); | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6513 | ms.SetLeftDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_LBUTTON)); |
6514 | ms.SetMiddleDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_MBUTTON)); | |
6515 | ms.SetRightDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_RBUTTON)); | |
2f68482e | 6516 | #ifdef wxHAS_XBUTTON |
01101e2d VZ |
6517 | ms.SetAux1Down(wxIsKeyDown(VK_XBUTTON1)); |
6518 | ms.SetAux2Down(wxIsKeyDown(VK_XBUTTON2)); | |
2f68482e | 6519 | #endif // wxHAS_XBUTTON |
dd28827a | 6520 | |
6719c06a VZ |
6521 | ms.SetControlDown(wxIsCtrlDown ()); |
6522 | ms.SetShiftDown (wxIsShiftDown()); | |
6523 | ms.SetAltDown (wxIsAltDown ()); | |
7dd40b6f | 6524 | // ms.SetMetaDown(); |
dd28827a | 6525 | |
7dd40b6f RD |
6526 | return ms; |
6527 | } | |
6528 | ||
6529 | ||
42e69d6b | 6530 | wxWindow *wxGetActiveWindow() |
2bda0e17 | 6531 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
6532 | HWND hWnd = GetActiveWindow(); |
6533 | if ( hWnd != 0 ) | |
2d0a075d | 6534 | { |
dca0f651 | 6535 | return wxFindWinFromHandle(hWnd); |
2d0a075d | 6536 | } |
42e69d6b | 6537 | return NULL; |
2bda0e17 KB |
6538 | } |
6539 | ||
8614c467 VZ |
6540 | extern wxWindow *wxGetWindowFromHWND(WXHWND hWnd) |
6541 | { | |
6542 | HWND hwnd = (HWND)hWnd; | |
6543 | ||
6544 | // For a radiobutton, we get the radiobox from GWL_USERDATA (which is set | |
6545 | // by code in msw/radiobox.cpp), for all the others we just search up the | |
6546 | // window hierarchy | |
d3b9f782 | 6547 | wxWindow *win = NULL; |
8614c467 VZ |
6548 | if ( hwnd ) |
6549 | { | |
dca0f651 | 6550 | win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd); |
8614c467 VZ |
6551 | if ( !win ) |
6552 | { | |
402bacb3 | 6553 | #if wxUSE_RADIOBOX && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
8614c467 VZ |
6554 | // native radiobuttons return DLGC_RADIOBUTTON here and for any |
6555 | // wxWindow class which overrides WM_GETDLGCODE processing to | |
6556 | // do it as well, win would be already non NULL | |
a2242341 | 6557 | if ( ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0) & DLGC_RADIOBUTTON ) |
8614c467 | 6558 | { |
7ee21e3a | 6559 | win = wxRadioBox::GetFromRadioButtonHWND(hwnd); |
8614c467 | 6560 | } |
a2242341 VZ |
6561 | //else: it's a wxRadioButton, not a radiobutton from wxRadioBox |
6562 | #endif // wxUSE_RADIOBOX | |
6563 | ||
6564 | // spin control text buddy window should be mapped to spin ctrl | |
6565 | // itself so try it too | |
24ce4c18 | 6566 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
a2242341 VZ |
6567 | if ( !win ) |
6568 | { | |
6569 | win = wxSpinCtrl::GetSpinForTextCtrl((WXHWND)hwnd); | |
6570 | } | |
6571 | #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
8614c467 | 6572 | } |
8614c467 VZ |
6573 | } |
6574 | ||
6575 | while ( hwnd && !win ) | |
6576 | { | |
761989ff VZ |
6577 | // this is a really ugly hack needed to avoid mistakenly returning the |
6578 | // parent frame wxWindow for the find/replace modeless dialog HWND - | |
6579 | // this, in turn, is needed to call IsDialogMessage() from | |
6580 | // wxApp::ProcessMessage() as for this we must return NULL from here | |
6581 | // | |
6582 | // FIXME: this is clearly not the best way to do it but I think we'll | |
6583 | // need to change HWND <-> wxWindow code more heavily than I can | |
6584 | // do it now to fix it | |
c67d6888 | 6585 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
761989ff VZ |
6586 | if ( ::GetWindow(hwnd, GW_OWNER) ) |
6587 | { | |
6588 | // it's a dialog box, don't go upwards | |
6589 | break; | |
6590 | } | |
c67d6888 | 6591 | #endif |
761989ff | 6592 | |
8614c467 | 6593 | hwnd = ::GetParent(hwnd); |
dca0f651 | 6594 | win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd); |
8614c467 VZ |
6595 | } |
6596 | ||
6597 | return win; | |
6598 | } | |
6599 | ||
7f0586ef | 6600 | #if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
04ef50df | 6601 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
6602 | // Windows keyboard hook. Allows interception of e.g. F1, ESCAPE |
6603 | // in active frames and dialogs, regardless of where the focus is. | |
6604 | static HHOOK wxTheKeyboardHook = 0; | |
2bda0e17 | 6605 | |
23c26b99 | 6606 | int APIENTRY |
42e69d6b | 6607 | wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam) |
2bda0e17 | 6608 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
6609 | DWORD hiWord = HIWORD(lParam); |
6610 | if ( nCode != HC_NOREMOVE && ((hiWord & KF_UP) == 0) ) | |
43d811ea | 6611 | { |
246117d4 VZ |
6612 | wchar_t uc; |
6613 | int id = wxMSWKeyboard::VKToWX(wParam, lParam, &uc); | |
982bc2e4 VZ |
6614 | |
6615 | // Don't intercept keyboard entry (notably Escape) if a modal window | |
6616 | // (not managed by wx, e.g. IME one) is currently opened as more often | |
6617 | // than not it needs all the keys for itself. | |
5c16a699 VZ |
6618 | // |
6619 | // Also don't catch it if a window currently captures the mouse as | |
6620 | // Escape is normally used to release the mouse capture and if you | |
6621 | // really need to catch all the keys in the window that has mouse | |
6622 | // capture it can be easily done in its own EVT_CHAR handler as it is | |
6623 | // certain to have focus while it has the capture. | |
6624 | if ( !gs_modalEntryWindowCount && !::GetCapture() ) | |
982bc2e4 VZ |
6625 | { |
6626 | if ( id != WXK_NONE | |
033428a3 | 6627 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE |
982bc2e4 | 6628 | || static_cast<int>(uc) != WXK_NONE |
033428a3 | 6629 | #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE |
982bc2e4 VZ |
6630 | ) |
6631 | { | |
3a95f73c VZ |
6632 | wxWindow const* win = wxWindow::DoFindFocus(); |
6633 | if ( !win ) | |
6634 | { | |
6635 | // Even if the focus got lost somehow, still send the event | |
6636 | // to the top level parent to allow a wxDialog to always | |
6637 | // close on Escape. | |
6638 | win = wxGetActiveWindow(); | |
6639 | } | |
246117d4 | 6640 | |
982bc2e4 VZ |
6641 | wxKeyEvent event(wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK); |
6642 | MSWInitAnyKeyEvent(event, wParam, lParam, win); | |
c085e333 | 6643 | |
982bc2e4 | 6644 | event.m_keyCode = id; |
246117d4 | 6645 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE |
982bc2e4 | 6646 | event.m_uniChar = uc; |
246117d4 VZ |
6647 | #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE |
6648 | ||
982bc2e4 VZ |
6649 | wxEvtHandler * const handler = win ? win->GetEventHandler() |
6650 | : wxTheApp; | |
32de7d24 | 6651 | |
982bc2e4 VZ |
6652 | if ( handler && handler->ProcessEvent(event) ) |
6653 | { | |
4cf1a9bf VZ |
6654 | if ( !event.IsNextEventAllowed() ) |
6655 | { | |
6656 | // Stop processing of this event. | |
6657 | return 1; | |
6658 | } | |
982bc2e4 | 6659 | } |
42e69d6b | 6660 | } |
43d811ea JS |
6661 | } |
6662 | } | |
32de7d24 | 6663 | |
42e69d6b | 6664 | return (int)CallNextHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook, nCode, wParam, lParam); |
4fabb575 | 6665 | } |
cd4453e5 | 6666 | |
23c26b99 VZ |
6667 | void wxSetKeyboardHook(bool doIt) |
6668 | { | |
6669 | if ( doIt ) | |
6670 | { | |
6671 | wxTheKeyboardHook = ::SetWindowsHookEx | |
6672 | ( | |
6673 | WH_KEYBOARD, | |
6674 | (HOOKPROC)wxKeyboardHook, | |
6675 | NULL, // must be NULL for process hook | |
6676 | ::GetCurrentThreadId() | |
6677 | ); | |
6678 | if ( !wxTheKeyboardHook ) | |
6679 | { | |
9a83f860 | 6680 | wxLogLastError(wxT("SetWindowsHookEx(wxKeyboardHook)")); |
23c26b99 VZ |
6681 | } |
6682 | } | |
6683 | else // uninstall | |
6684 | { | |
6685 | if ( wxTheKeyboardHook ) | |
6686 | ::UnhookWindowsHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook); | |
6687 | } | |
6688 | } | |
6689 | ||
cd4453e5 | 6690 | #endif // !__WXMICROWIN__ |
4fabb575 | 6691 | |
50e08f9d | 6692 | #if wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2 |
4a712ba3 | 6693 | const wxChar *wxGetMessageName(int message) |
47cbd6da | 6694 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
6695 | switch ( message ) |
6696 | { | |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6697 | case 0x0000: return wxT("WM_NULL"); |
6698 | case 0x0001: return wxT("WM_CREATE"); | |
6699 | case 0x0002: return wxT("WM_DESTROY"); | |
6700 | case 0x0003: return wxT("WM_MOVE"); | |
6701 | case 0x0005: return wxT("WM_SIZE"); | |
6702 | case 0x0006: return wxT("WM_ACTIVATE"); | |
6703 | case 0x0007: return wxT("WM_SETFOCUS"); | |
6704 | case 0x0008: return wxT("WM_KILLFOCUS"); | |
6705 | case 0x000A: return wxT("WM_ENABLE"); | |
6706 | case 0x000B: return wxT("WM_SETREDRAW"); | |
6707 | case 0x000C: return wxT("WM_SETTEXT"); | |
6708 | case 0x000D: return wxT("WM_GETTEXT"); | |
6709 | case 0x000E: return wxT("WM_GETTEXTLENGTH"); | |
6710 | case 0x000F: return wxT("WM_PAINT"); | |
6711 | case 0x0010: return wxT("WM_CLOSE"); | |
6712 | case 0x0011: return wxT("WM_QUERYENDSESSION"); | |
6713 | case 0x0012: return wxT("WM_QUIT"); | |
6714 | case 0x0013: return wxT("WM_QUERYOPEN"); | |
6715 | case 0x0014: return wxT("WM_ERASEBKGND"); | |
6716 | case 0x0015: return wxT("WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE"); | |
6717 | case 0x0016: return wxT("WM_ENDSESSION"); | |
6718 | case 0x0017: return wxT("WM_SYSTEMERROR"); | |
6719 | case 0x0018: return wxT("WM_SHOWWINDOW"); | |
6720 | case 0x0019: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLOR"); | |
6721 | case 0x001A: return wxT("WM_WININICHANGE"); | |
6722 | case 0x001B: return wxT("WM_DEVMODECHANGE"); | |
6723 | case 0x001C: return wxT("WM_ACTIVATEAPP"); | |
6724 | case 0x001D: return wxT("WM_FONTCHANGE"); | |
6725 | case 0x001E: return wxT("WM_TIMECHANGE"); | |
6726 | case 0x001F: return wxT("WM_CANCELMODE"); | |
6727 | case 0x0020: return wxT("WM_SETCURSOR"); | |
6728 | case 0x0021: return wxT("WM_MOUSEACTIVATE"); | |
6729 | case 0x0022: return wxT("WM_CHILDACTIVATE"); | |
6730 | case 0x0023: return wxT("WM_QUEUESYNC"); | |
6731 | case 0x0024: return wxT("WM_GETMINMAXINFO"); | |
6732 | case 0x0026: return wxT("WM_PAINTICON"); | |
6733 | case 0x0027: return wxT("WM_ICONERASEBKGND"); | |
6734 | case 0x0028: return wxT("WM_NEXTDLGCTL"); | |
6735 | case 0x002A: return wxT("WM_SPOOLERSTATUS"); | |
6736 | case 0x002B: return wxT("WM_DRAWITEM"); | |
6737 | case 0x002C: return wxT("WM_MEASUREITEM"); | |
6738 | case 0x002D: return wxT("WM_DELETEITEM"); | |
6739 | case 0x002E: return wxT("WM_VKEYTOITEM"); | |
6740 | case 0x002F: return wxT("WM_CHARTOITEM"); | |
6741 | case 0x0030: return wxT("WM_SETFONT"); | |
6742 | case 0x0031: return wxT("WM_GETFONT"); | |
6743 | case 0x0037: return wxT("WM_QUERYDRAGICON"); | |
6744 | case 0x0039: return wxT("WM_COMPAREITEM"); | |
6745 | case 0x0041: return wxT("WM_COMPACTING"); | |
6746 | case 0x0044: return wxT("WM_COMMNOTIFY"); | |
6747 | case 0x0046: return wxT("WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING"); | |
6748 | case 0x0047: return wxT("WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED"); | |
6749 | case 0x0048: return wxT("WM_POWER"); | |
6750 | ||
6751 | case 0x004A: return wxT("WM_COPYDATA"); | |
6752 | case 0x004B: return wxT("WM_CANCELJOURNAL"); | |
6753 | case 0x004E: return wxT("WM_NOTIFY"); | |
6754 | case 0x0050: return wxT("WM_INPUTLANGCHANGEREQUEST"); | |
6755 | case 0x0051: return wxT("WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE"); | |
6756 | case 0x0052: return wxT("WM_TCARD"); | |
6757 | case 0x0053: return wxT("WM_HELP"); | |
6758 | case 0x0054: return wxT("WM_USERCHANGED"); | |
6759 | case 0x0055: return wxT("WM_NOTIFYFORMAT"); | |
6760 | case 0x007B: return wxT("WM_CONTEXTMENU"); | |
6761 | case 0x007C: return wxT("WM_STYLECHANGING"); | |
6762 | case 0x007D: return wxT("WM_STYLECHANGED"); | |
6763 | case 0x007E: return wxT("WM_DISPLAYCHANGE"); | |
6764 | case 0x007F: return wxT("WM_GETICON"); | |
6765 | case 0x0080: return wxT("WM_SETICON"); | |
6766 | ||
6767 | case 0x0081: return wxT("WM_NCCREATE"); | |
6768 | case 0x0082: return wxT("WM_NCDESTROY"); | |
6769 | case 0x0083: return wxT("WM_NCCALCSIZE"); | |
6770 | case 0x0084: return wxT("WM_NCHITTEST"); | |
6771 | case 0x0085: return wxT("WM_NCPAINT"); | |
6772 | case 0x0086: return wxT("WM_NCACTIVATE"); | |
6773 | case 0x0087: return wxT("WM_GETDLGCODE"); | |
6774 | case 0x00A0: return wxT("WM_NCMOUSEMOVE"); | |
6775 | case 0x00A1: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6776 | case 0x00A2: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONUP"); | |
6777 | case 0x00A3: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
6778 | case 0x00A4: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6779 | case 0x00A5: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONUP"); | |
6780 | case 0x00A6: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
6781 | case 0x00A7: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6782 | case 0x00A8: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONUP"); | |
6783 | case 0x00A9: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
609da8bb VZ |
6784 | |
6785 | case 0x00B0: return wxT("EM_GETSEL"); | |
6786 | case 0x00B1: return wxT("EM_SETSEL"); | |
6787 | case 0x00B2: return wxT("EM_GETRECT"); | |
6788 | case 0x00B3: return wxT("EM_SETRECT"); | |
6789 | case 0x00B4: return wxT("EM_SETRECTNP"); | |
6790 | case 0x00B5: return wxT("EM_SCROLL"); | |
6791 | case 0x00B6: return wxT("EM_LINESCROLL"); | |
6792 | case 0x00B7: return wxT("EM_SCROLLCARET"); | |
6793 | case 0x00B8: return wxT("EM_GETMODIFY"); | |
6794 | case 0x00B9: return wxT("EM_SETMODIFY"); | |
6795 | case 0x00BA: return wxT("EM_GETLINECOUNT"); | |
6796 | case 0x00BB: return wxT("EM_LINEINDEX"); | |
6797 | case 0x00BC: return wxT("EM_SETHANDLE"); | |
6798 | case 0x00BD: return wxT("EM_GETHANDLE"); | |
6799 | case 0x00BE: return wxT("EM_GETTHUMB"); | |
6800 | case 0x00C1: return wxT("EM_LINELENGTH"); | |
6801 | case 0x00C2: return wxT("EM_REPLACESEL"); | |
6802 | case 0x00C4: return wxT("EM_GETLINE"); | |
6803 | case 0x00C5: return wxT("EM_LIMITTEXT/EM_SETLIMITTEXT"); /* ;win40 Name change */ | |
6804 | case 0x00C6: return wxT("EM_CANUNDO"); | |
6805 | case 0x00C7: return wxT("EM_UNDO"); | |
6806 | case 0x00C8: return wxT("EM_FMTLINES"); | |
6807 | case 0x00C9: return wxT("EM_LINEFROMCHAR"); | |
6808 | case 0x00CB: return wxT("EM_SETTABSTOPS"); | |
6809 | case 0x00CC: return wxT("EM_SETPASSWORDCHAR"); | |
6810 | case 0x00CD: return wxT("EM_EMPTYUNDOBUFFER"); | |
6811 | case 0x00CE: return wxT("EM_GETFIRSTVISIBLELINE"); | |
6812 | case 0x00CF: return wxT("EM_SETREADONLY"); | |
6813 | case 0x00D0: return wxT("EM_SETWORDBREAKPROC"); | |
6814 | case 0x00D1: return wxT("EM_GETWORDBREAKPROC"); | |
6815 | case 0x00D2: return wxT("EM_GETPASSWORDCHAR"); | |
6816 | case 0x00D3: return wxT("EM_SETMARGINS"); | |
6817 | case 0x00D4: return wxT("EM_GETMARGINS"); | |
6818 | case 0x00D5: return wxT("EM_GETLIMITTEXT"); | |
6819 | case 0x00D6: return wxT("EM_POSFROMCHAR"); | |
6820 | case 0x00D7: return wxT("EM_CHARFROMPOS"); | |
6821 | case 0x00D8: return wxT("EM_SETIMESTATUS"); | |
6822 | case 0x00D9: return wxT("EM_GETIMESTATUS"); | |
6823 | ||
4a712ba3 VZ |
6824 | case 0x0100: return wxT("WM_KEYDOWN"); |
6825 | case 0x0101: return wxT("WM_KEYUP"); | |
6826 | case 0x0102: return wxT("WM_CHAR"); | |
6827 | case 0x0103: return wxT("WM_DEADCHAR"); | |
6828 | case 0x0104: return wxT("WM_SYSKEYDOWN"); | |
6829 | case 0x0105: return wxT("WM_SYSKEYUP"); | |
6830 | case 0x0106: return wxT("WM_SYSCHAR"); | |
6831 | case 0x0107: return wxT("WM_SYSDEADCHAR"); | |
6832 | case 0x0108: return wxT("WM_KEYLAST"); | |
6833 | ||
6834 | case 0x010D: return wxT("WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION"); | |
6835 | case 0x010E: return wxT("WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION"); | |
6836 | case 0x010F: return wxT("WM_IME_COMPOSITION"); | |
6837 | ||
6838 | case 0x0110: return wxT("WM_INITDIALOG"); | |
6839 | case 0x0111: return wxT("WM_COMMAND"); | |
6840 | case 0x0112: return wxT("WM_SYSCOMMAND"); | |
6841 | case 0x0113: return wxT("WM_TIMER"); | |
6842 | case 0x0114: return wxT("WM_HSCROLL"); | |
6843 | case 0x0115: return wxT("WM_VSCROLL"); | |
6844 | case 0x0116: return wxT("WM_INITMENU"); | |
6845 | case 0x0117: return wxT("WM_INITMENUPOPUP"); | |
6846 | case 0x011F: return wxT("WM_MENUSELECT"); | |
6847 | case 0x0120: return wxT("WM_MENUCHAR"); | |
6848 | case 0x0121: return wxT("WM_ENTERIDLE"); | |
609da8bb | 6849 | |
ff9b9665 VZ |
6850 | case 0x0127: return wxT("WM_CHANGEUISTATE"); |
6851 | case 0x0128: return wxT("WM_UPDATEUISTATE"); | |
6852 | case 0x0129: return wxT("WM_QUERYUISTATE"); | |
6853 | ||
609da8bb VZ |
6854 | case 0x0132: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX"); |
6855 | case 0x0133: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLOREDIT"); | |
6856 | case 0x0134: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX"); | |
6857 | case 0x0135: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORBTN"); | |
6858 | case 0x0136: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORDLG"); | |
6859 | case 0x0137: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR"); | |
6860 | case 0x0138: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC"); | |
6861 | case 0x01E1: return wxT("MN_GETHMENU"); | |
6862 | ||
4a712ba3 VZ |
6863 | case 0x0200: return wxT("WM_MOUSEMOVE"); |
6864 | case 0x0201: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6865 | case 0x0202: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONUP"); | |
6866 | case 0x0203: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
6867 | case 0x0204: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6868 | case 0x0205: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONUP"); | |
6869 | case 0x0206: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
6870 | case 0x0207: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6871 | case 0x0208: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONUP"); | |
6872 | case 0x0209: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
6873 | case 0x020A: return wxT("WM_MOUSEWHEEL"); | |
01101e2d VZ |
6874 | case 0x020B: return wxT("WM_XBUTTONDOWN"); |
6875 | case 0x020C: return wxT("WM_XBUTTONUP"); | |
6876 | case 0x020D: return wxT("WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6877 | case 0x0210: return wxT("WM_PARENTNOTIFY"); |
6878 | case 0x0211: return wxT("WM_ENTERMENULOOP"); | |
6879 | case 0x0212: return wxT("WM_EXITMENULOOP"); | |
6880 | ||
6881 | case 0x0213: return wxT("WM_NEXTMENU"); | |
6882 | case 0x0214: return wxT("WM_SIZING"); | |
6883 | case 0x0215: return wxT("WM_CAPTURECHANGED"); | |
6884 | case 0x0216: return wxT("WM_MOVING"); | |
6885 | case 0x0218: return wxT("WM_POWERBROADCAST"); | |
6886 | case 0x0219: return wxT("WM_DEVICECHANGE"); | |
6887 | ||
6888 | case 0x0220: return wxT("WM_MDICREATE"); | |
6889 | case 0x0221: return wxT("WM_MDIDESTROY"); | |
6890 | case 0x0222: return wxT("WM_MDIACTIVATE"); | |
6891 | case 0x0223: return wxT("WM_MDIRESTORE"); | |
6892 | case 0x0224: return wxT("WM_MDINEXT"); | |
6893 | case 0x0225: return wxT("WM_MDIMAXIMIZE"); | |
6894 | case 0x0226: return wxT("WM_MDITILE"); | |
6895 | case 0x0227: return wxT("WM_MDICASCADE"); | |
6896 | case 0x0228: return wxT("WM_MDIICONARRANGE"); | |
6897 | case 0x0229: return wxT("WM_MDIGETACTIVE"); | |
6898 | case 0x0230: return wxT("WM_MDISETMENU"); | |
6899 | case 0x0233: return wxT("WM_DROPFILES"); | |
6900 | ||
6901 | case 0x0281: return wxT("WM_IME_SETCONTEXT"); | |
6902 | case 0x0282: return wxT("WM_IME_NOTIFY"); | |
6903 | case 0x0283: return wxT("WM_IME_CONTROL"); | |
6904 | case 0x0284: return wxT("WM_IME_COMPOSITIONFULL"); | |
6905 | case 0x0285: return wxT("WM_IME_SELECT"); | |
6906 | case 0x0286: return wxT("WM_IME_CHAR"); | |
6907 | case 0x0290: return wxT("WM_IME_KEYDOWN"); | |
6908 | case 0x0291: return wxT("WM_IME_KEYUP"); | |
6909 | ||
609da8bb VZ |
6910 | case 0x02A0: return wxT("WM_NCMOUSEHOVER"); |
6911 | case 0x02A1: return wxT("WM_MOUSEHOVER"); | |
6912 | case 0x02A2: return wxT("WM_NCMOUSELEAVE"); | |
6913 | case 0x02A3: return wxT("WM_MOUSELEAVE"); | |
6914 | ||
4a712ba3 VZ |
6915 | case 0x0300: return wxT("WM_CUT"); |
6916 | case 0x0301: return wxT("WM_COPY"); | |
6917 | case 0x0302: return wxT("WM_PASTE"); | |
6918 | case 0x0303: return wxT("WM_CLEAR"); | |
6919 | case 0x0304: return wxT("WM_UNDO"); | |
6920 | case 0x0305: return wxT("WM_RENDERFORMAT"); | |
6921 | case 0x0306: return wxT("WM_RENDERALLFORMATS"); | |
6922 | case 0x0307: return wxT("WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD"); | |
6923 | case 0x0308: return wxT("WM_DRAWCLIPBOARD"); | |
6924 | case 0x0309: return wxT("WM_PAINTCLIPBOARD"); | |
6925 | case 0x030A: return wxT("WM_VSCROLLCLIPBOARD"); | |
6926 | case 0x030B: return wxT("WM_SIZECLIPBOARD"); | |
6927 | case 0x030C: return wxT("WM_ASKCBFORMATNAME"); | |
6928 | case 0x030D: return wxT("WM_CHANGECBCHAIN"); | |
6929 | case 0x030E: return wxT("WM_HSCROLLCLIPBOARD"); | |
6930 | case 0x030F: return wxT("WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE"); | |
6931 | case 0x0310: return wxT("WM_PALETTEISCHANGING"); | |
6932 | case 0x0311: return wxT("WM_PALETTECHANGED"); | |
4a712ba3 | 6933 | case 0x0312: return wxT("WM_HOTKEY"); |
609da8bb VZ |
6934 | |
6935 | case 0x0317: return wxT("WM_PRINT"); | |
6936 | case 0x0318: return wxT("WM_PRINTCLIENT"); | |
c085e333 | 6937 | |
2d0a075d JS |
6938 | // common controls messages - although they're not strictly speaking |
6939 | // standard, it's nice to decode them nevertheless | |
a02eb1d2 | 6940 | |
2d0a075d | 6941 | // listview |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6942 | case 0x1000 + 0: return wxT("LVM_GETBKCOLOR"); |
6943 | case 0x1000 + 1: return wxT("LVM_SETBKCOLOR"); | |
6944 | case 0x1000 + 2: return wxT("LVM_GETIMAGELIST"); | |
6945 | case 0x1000 + 3: return wxT("LVM_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
6946 | case 0x1000 + 4: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMCOUNT"); | |
6947 | case 0x1000 + 5: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMA"); | |
6948 | case 0x1000 + 75: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMW"); | |
6949 | case 0x1000 + 6: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMA"); | |
6950 | case 0x1000 + 76: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMW"); | |
6951 | case 0x1000 + 7: return wxT("LVM_INSERTITEMA"); | |
6952 | case 0x1000 + 77: return wxT("LVM_INSERTITEMW"); | |
6953 | case 0x1000 + 8: return wxT("LVM_DELETEITEM"); | |
6954 | case 0x1000 + 9: return wxT("LVM_DELETEALLITEMS"); | |
6955 | case 0x1000 + 10: return wxT("LVM_GETCALLBACKMASK"); | |
6956 | case 0x1000 + 11: return wxT("LVM_SETCALLBACKMASK"); | |
6957 | case 0x1000 + 12: return wxT("LVM_GETNEXTITEM"); | |
6958 | case 0x1000 + 13: return wxT("LVM_FINDITEMA"); | |
6959 | case 0x1000 + 83: return wxT("LVM_FINDITEMW"); | |
6960 | case 0x1000 + 14: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMRECT"); | |
6961 | case 0x1000 + 15: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMPOSITION"); | |
6962 | case 0x1000 + 16: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMPOSITION"); | |
6963 | case 0x1000 + 17: return wxT("LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHA"); | |
6964 | case 0x1000 + 87: return wxT("LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHW"); | |
6965 | case 0x1000 + 18: return wxT("LVM_HITTEST"); | |
6966 | case 0x1000 + 19: return wxT("LVM_ENSUREVISIBLE"); | |
6967 | case 0x1000 + 20: return wxT("LVM_SCROLL"); | |
6968 | case 0x1000 + 21: return wxT("LVM_REDRAWITEMS"); | |
6969 | case 0x1000 + 22: return wxT("LVM_ARRANGE"); | |
6970 | case 0x1000 + 23: return wxT("LVM_EDITLABELA"); | |
6971 | case 0x1000 + 118: return wxT("LVM_EDITLABELW"); | |
6972 | case 0x1000 + 24: return wxT("LVM_GETEDITCONTROL"); | |
6973 | case 0x1000 + 25: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNA"); | |
6974 | case 0x1000 + 95: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNW"); | |
6975 | case 0x1000 + 26: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNA"); | |
6976 | case 0x1000 + 96: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNW"); | |
6977 | case 0x1000 + 27: return wxT("LVM_INSERTCOLUMNA"); | |
6978 | case 0x1000 + 97: return wxT("LVM_INSERTCOLUMNW"); | |
6979 | case 0x1000 + 28: return wxT("LVM_DELETECOLUMN"); | |
6980 | case 0x1000 + 29: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNWIDTH"); | |
6981 | case 0x1000 + 30: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNWIDTH"); | |
6982 | case 0x1000 + 31: return wxT("LVM_GETHEADER"); | |
6983 | case 0x1000 + 33: return wxT("LVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE"); | |
6984 | case 0x1000 + 34: return wxT("LVM_GETVIEWRECT"); | |
6985 | case 0x1000 + 35: return wxT("LVM_GETTEXTCOLOR"); | |
6986 | case 0x1000 + 36: return wxT("LVM_SETTEXTCOLOR"); | |
6987 | case 0x1000 + 37: return wxT("LVM_GETTEXTBKCOLOR"); | |
6988 | case 0x1000 + 38: return wxT("LVM_SETTEXTBKCOLOR"); | |
6989 | case 0x1000 + 39: return wxT("LVM_GETTOPINDEX"); | |
6990 | case 0x1000 + 40: return wxT("LVM_GETCOUNTPERPAGE"); | |
6991 | case 0x1000 + 41: return wxT("LVM_GETORIGIN"); | |
6992 | case 0x1000 + 42: return wxT("LVM_UPDATE"); | |
6993 | case 0x1000 + 43: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMSTATE"); | |
6994 | case 0x1000 + 44: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMSTATE"); | |
6995 | case 0x1000 + 45: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMTEXTA"); | |
6996 | case 0x1000 + 115: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMTEXTW"); | |
6997 | case 0x1000 + 46: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMTEXTA"); | |
6998 | case 0x1000 + 116: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMTEXTW"); | |
6999 | case 0x1000 + 47: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMCOUNT"); | |
7000 | case 0x1000 + 48: return wxT("LVM_SORTITEMS"); | |
7001 | case 0x1000 + 49: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMPOSITION32"); | |
7002 | case 0x1000 + 50: return wxT("LVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT"); | |
7003 | case 0x1000 + 51: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMSPACING"); | |
7004 | case 0x1000 + 52: return wxT("LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA"); | |
7005 | case 0x1000 + 117: return wxT("LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW"); | |
7006 | case 0x1000 + 53: return wxT("LVM_SETICONSPACING"); | |
7007 | case 0x1000 + 54: return wxT("LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE"); | |
7008 | case 0x1000 + 55: return wxT("LVM_GETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE"); | |
7009 | case 0x1000 + 56: return wxT("LVM_GETSUBITEMRECT"); | |
7010 | case 0x1000 + 57: return wxT("LVM_SUBITEMHITTEST"); | |
7011 | case 0x1000 + 58: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNORDERARRAY"); | |
7012 | case 0x1000 + 59: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNORDERARRAY"); | |
7013 | case 0x1000 + 60: return wxT("LVM_SETHOTITEM"); | |
7014 | case 0x1000 + 61: return wxT("LVM_GETHOTITEM"); | |
7015 | case 0x1000 + 62: return wxT("LVM_SETHOTCURSOR"); | |
7016 | case 0x1000 + 63: return wxT("LVM_GETHOTCURSOR"); | |
7017 | case 0x1000 + 64: return wxT("LVM_APPROXIMATEVIEWRECT"); | |
7018 | case 0x1000 + 65: return wxT("LVM_SETWORKAREA"); | |
c085e333 | 7019 | |
2d0a075d | 7020 | // tree view |
4a712ba3 VZ |
7021 | case 0x1100 + 0: return wxT("TVM_INSERTITEMA"); |
7022 | case 0x1100 + 50: return wxT("TVM_INSERTITEMW"); | |
7023 | case 0x1100 + 1: return wxT("TVM_DELETEITEM"); | |
7024 | case 0x1100 + 2: return wxT("TVM_EXPAND"); | |
7025 | case 0x1100 + 4: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMRECT"); | |
7026 | case 0x1100 + 5: return wxT("TVM_GETCOUNT"); | |
7027 | case 0x1100 + 6: return wxT("TVM_GETINDENT"); | |
7028 | case 0x1100 + 7: return wxT("TVM_SETINDENT"); | |
7029 | case 0x1100 + 8: return wxT("TVM_GETIMAGELIST"); | |
7030 | case 0x1100 + 9: return wxT("TVM_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
7031 | case 0x1100 + 10: return wxT("TVM_GETNEXTITEM"); | |
7032 | case 0x1100 + 11: return wxT("TVM_SELECTITEM"); | |
7033 | case 0x1100 + 12: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMA"); | |
7034 | case 0x1100 + 62: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMW"); | |
7035 | case 0x1100 + 13: return wxT("TVM_SETITEMA"); | |
7036 | case 0x1100 + 63: return wxT("TVM_SETITEMW"); | |
7037 | case 0x1100 + 14: return wxT("TVM_EDITLABELA"); | |
7038 | case 0x1100 + 65: return wxT("TVM_EDITLABELW"); | |
7039 | case 0x1100 + 15: return wxT("TVM_GETEDITCONTROL"); | |
7040 | case 0x1100 + 16: return wxT("TVM_GETVISIBLECOUNT"); | |
7041 | case 0x1100 + 17: return wxT("TVM_HITTEST"); | |
7042 | case 0x1100 + 18: return wxT("TVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE"); | |
7043 | case 0x1100 + 19: return wxT("TVM_SORTCHILDREN"); | |
7044 | case 0x1100 + 20: return wxT("TVM_ENSUREVISIBLE"); | |
7045 | case 0x1100 + 21: return wxT("TVM_SORTCHILDRENCB"); | |
7046 | case 0x1100 + 22: return wxT("TVM_ENDEDITLABELNOW"); | |
7047 | case 0x1100 + 23: return wxT("TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA"); | |
7048 | case 0x1100 + 64: return wxT("TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW"); | |
7049 | case 0x1100 + 24: return wxT("TVM_SETTOOLTIPS"); | |
7050 | case 0x1100 + 25: return wxT("TVM_GETTOOLTIPS"); | |
c085e333 | 7051 | |
2d0a075d | 7052 | // header |
4a712ba3 VZ |
7053 | case 0x1200 + 0: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMCOUNT"); |
7054 | case 0x1200 + 1: return wxT("HDM_INSERTITEMA"); | |
7055 | case 0x1200 + 10: return wxT("HDM_INSERTITEMW"); | |
7056 | case 0x1200 + 2: return wxT("HDM_DELETEITEM"); | |
7057 | case 0x1200 + 3: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMA"); | |
7058 | case 0x1200 + 11: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMW"); | |
7059 | case 0x1200 + 4: return wxT("HDM_SETITEMA"); | |
7060 | case 0x1200 + 12: return wxT("HDM_SETITEMW"); | |
7061 | case 0x1200 + 5: return wxT("HDM_LAYOUT"); | |
7062 | case 0x1200 + 6: return wxT("HDM_HITTEST"); | |
7063 | case 0x1200 + 7: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMRECT"); | |
7064 | case 0x1200 + 8: return wxT("HDM_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
7065 | case 0x1200 + 9: return wxT("HDM_GETIMAGELIST"); | |
7066 | case 0x1200 + 15: return wxT("HDM_ORDERTOINDEX"); | |
7067 | case 0x1200 + 16: return wxT("HDM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE"); | |
7068 | case 0x1200 + 17: return wxT("HDM_GETORDERARRAY"); | |
7069 | case 0x1200 + 18: return wxT("HDM_SETORDERARRAY"); | |
7070 | case 0x1200 + 19: return wxT("HDM_SETHOTDIVIDER"); | |
c085e333 | 7071 | |
2d0a075d | 7072 | // tab control |
4a712ba3 VZ |
7073 | case 0x1300 + 2: return wxT("TCM_GETIMAGELIST"); |
7074 | case 0x1300 + 3: return wxT("TCM_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
7075 | case 0x1300 + 4: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMCOUNT"); | |
7076 | case 0x1300 + 5: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMA"); | |
7077 | case 0x1300 + 60: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMW"); | |
7078 | case 0x1300 + 6: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMA"); | |
7079 | case 0x1300 + 61: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMW"); | |
7080 | case 0x1300 + 7: return wxT("TCM_INSERTITEMA"); | |
7081 | case 0x1300 + 62: return wxT("TCM_INSERTITEMW"); | |
7082 | case 0x1300 + 8: return wxT("TCM_DELETEITEM"); | |
7083 | case 0x1300 + 9: return wxT("TCM_DELETEALLITEMS"); | |
7084 | case 0x1300 + 10: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMRECT"); | |
7085 | case 0x1300 + 11: return wxT("TCM_GETCURSEL"); | |
7086 | case 0x1300 + 12: return wxT("TCM_SETCURSEL"); | |
7087 | case 0x1300 + 13: return wxT("TCM_HITTEST"); | |
7088 | case 0x1300 + 14: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMEXTRA"); | |
7089 | case 0x1300 + 40: return wxT("TCM_ADJUSTRECT"); | |
7090 | case 0x1300 + 41: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMSIZE"); | |
7091 | case 0x1300 + 42: return wxT("TCM_REMOVEIMAGE"); | |
7092 | case 0x1300 + 43: return wxT("TCM_SETPADDING"); | |
7093 | case 0x1300 + 44: return wxT("TCM_GETROWCOUNT"); | |
7094 | case 0x1300 + 45: return wxT("TCM_GETTOOLTIPS"); | |
7095 | case 0x1300 + 46: return wxT("TCM_SETTOOLTIPS"); | |
7096 | case 0x1300 + 47: return wxT("TCM_GETCURFOCUS"); | |
7097 | case 0x1300 + 48: return wxT("TCM_SETCURFOCUS"); | |
7098 | case 0x1300 + 49: return wxT("TCM_SETMINTABWIDTH"); | |
7099 | case 0x1300 + 50: return wxT("TCM_DESELECTALL"); | |
c085e333 | 7100 | |
2d0a075d | 7101 | // toolbar |
4a712ba3 VZ |
7102 | case WM_USER+1: return wxT("TB_ENABLEBUTTON"); |
7103 | case WM_USER+2: return wxT("TB_CHECKBUTTON"); | |
7104 | case WM_USER+3: return wxT("TB_PRESSBUTTON"); | |
7105 | case WM_USER+4: return wxT("TB_HIDEBUTTON"); | |
7106 | case WM_USER+5: return wxT("TB_INDETERMINATE"); | |
7107 | case WM_USER+9: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONENABLED"); | |
7108 | case WM_USER+10: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONCHECKED"); | |
7109 | case WM_USER+11: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONPRESSED"); | |
7110 | case WM_USER+12: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONHIDDEN"); | |
7111 | case WM_USER+13: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONINDETERMINATE"); | |
7112 | case WM_USER+17: return wxT("TB_SETSTATE"); | |
7113 | case WM_USER+18: return wxT("TB_GETSTATE"); | |
7114 | case WM_USER+19: return wxT("TB_ADDBITMAP"); | |
7115 | case WM_USER+20: return wxT("TB_ADDBUTTONS"); | |
7116 | case WM_USER+21: return wxT("TB_INSERTBUTTON"); | |
7117 | case WM_USER+22: return wxT("TB_DELETEBUTTON"); | |
7118 | case WM_USER+23: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTON"); | |
7119 | case WM_USER+24: return wxT("TB_BUTTONCOUNT"); | |
7120 | case WM_USER+25: return wxT("TB_COMMANDTOINDEX"); | |
7121 | case WM_USER+26: return wxT("TB_SAVERESTOREA"); | |
7122 | case WM_USER+76: return wxT("TB_SAVERESTOREW"); | |
7123 | case WM_USER+27: return wxT("TB_CUSTOMIZE"); | |
7124 | case WM_USER+28: return wxT("TB_ADDSTRINGA"); | |
7125 | case WM_USER+77: return wxT("TB_ADDSTRINGW"); | |
7126 | case WM_USER+29: return wxT("TB_GETITEMRECT"); | |
7127 | case WM_USER+30: return wxT("TB_BUTTONSTRUCTSIZE"); | |
7128 | case WM_USER+31: return wxT("TB_SETBUTTONSIZE"); | |
7129 | case WM_USER+32: return wxT("TB_SETBITMAPSIZE"); | |
7130 | case WM_USER+33: return wxT("TB_AUTOSIZE"); | |
7131 | case WM_USER+35: return wxT("TB_GETTOOLTIPS"); | |
7132 | case WM_USER+36: return wxT("TB_SETTOOLTIPS"); | |
7133 | case WM_USER+37: return wxT("TB_SETPARENT"); | |
7134 | case WM_USER+39: return wxT("TB_SETROWS"); | |
7135 | case WM_USER+40: return wxT("TB_GETROWS"); | |
7136 | case WM_USER+42: return wxT("TB_SETCMDID"); | |
7137 | case WM_USER+43: return wxT("TB_CHANGEBITMAP"); | |
7138 | case WM_USER+44: return wxT("TB_GETBITMAP"); | |
7139 | case WM_USER+45: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONTEXTA"); | |
7140 | case WM_USER+75: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONTEXTW"); | |
7141 | case WM_USER+46: return wxT("TB_REPLACEBITMAP"); | |
7142 | case WM_USER+47: return wxT("TB_SETINDENT"); | |
7143 | case WM_USER+48: return wxT("TB_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
7144 | case WM_USER+49: return wxT("TB_GETIMAGELIST"); | |
7145 | case WM_USER+50: return wxT("TB_LOADIMAGES"); | |
7146 | case WM_USER+51: return wxT("TB_GETRECT"); | |
7147 | case WM_USER+52: return wxT("TB_SETHOTIMAGELIST"); | |
7148 | case WM_USER+53: return wxT("TB_GETHOTIMAGELIST"); | |
7149 | case WM_USER+54: return wxT("TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST"); | |
7150 | case WM_USER+55: return wxT("TB_GETDISABLEDIMAGELIST"); | |
7151 | case WM_USER+56: return wxT("TB_SETSTYLE"); | |
7152 | case WM_USER+57: return wxT("TB_GETSTYLE"); | |
7153 | case WM_USER+58: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONSIZE"); | |
7154 | case WM_USER+59: return wxT("TB_SETBUTTONWIDTH"); | |
7155 | case WM_USER+60: return wxT("TB_SETMAXTEXTROWS"); | |
7156 | case WM_USER+61: return wxT("TB_GETTEXTROWS"); | |
7157 | case WM_USER+41: return wxT("TB_GETBITMAPFLAGS"); | |
c085e333 | 7158 | |
42e69d6b | 7159 | default: |
4a712ba3 VZ |
7160 | static wxString s_szBuf; |
7161 | s_szBuf.Printf(wxT("<unknown message = %d>"), message); | |
7162 | return s_szBuf.c_str(); | |
42e69d6b | 7163 | } |
47cbd6da | 7164 | } |
4b6a582b | 7165 | #endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2 |
4aff28fc | 7166 | |
1e6feb95 | 7167 | static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win) |
f6bcfd97 BP |
7168 | { |
7169 | // prepare the DC | |
7170 | TEXTMETRIC tm; | |
7171 | HWND hwnd = GetHwndOf(win); | |
7172 | HDC hdc = ::GetDC(hwnd); | |
7173 | ||
7174 | #if !wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY | |
7175 | // and select the current font into it | |
7176 | HFONT hfont = GetHfontOf(win->GetFont()); | |
7177 | if ( hfont ) | |
7178 | { | |
7179 | hfont = (HFONT)::SelectObject(hdc, hfont); | |
7180 | } | |
7181 | #endif | |
7182 | ||
7183 | // finally retrieve the text metrics from it | |
7184 | GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm); | |
7185 | ||
7186 | #if !wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY | |
7187 | // and clean up | |
7188 | if ( hfont ) | |
7189 | { | |
7190 | (void)::SelectObject(hdc, hfont); | |
7191 | } | |
7192 | #endif | |
7193 | ||
7194 | ::ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdc); | |
7195 | ||
7196 | return tm; | |
7197 | } | |
3723b7b1 JS |
7198 | |
7199 | // Find the wxWindow at the current mouse position, returning the mouse | |
7200 | // position. | |
2b5f62a0 | 7201 | wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPointer(wxPoint& pt) |
3723b7b1 | 7202 | { |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
7203 | pt = wxGetMousePosition(); |
7204 | return wxFindWindowAtPoint(pt); | |
57591e0e JS |
7205 | } |
7206 | ||
7207 | wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPoint(const wxPoint& pt) | |
7208 | { | |
7209 | POINT pt2; | |
7210 | pt2.x = pt.x; | |
7211 | pt2.y = pt.y; | |
3723b7b1 | 7212 | |
ab3eae34 | 7213 | HWND hWnd = ::WindowFromPoint(pt2); |
e18a74e2 VZ |
7214 | if ( hWnd ) |
7215 | { | |
7216 | // WindowFromPoint() ignores the disabled children but we're supposed | |
7217 | // to take them into account, so check if we have a child at this | |
0825f0ba VZ |
7218 | // coordinate using ChildWindowFromPointEx(). |
7219 | for ( ;; ) | |
7220 | { | |
7221 | pt2.x = pt.x; | |
7222 | pt2.y = pt.y; | |
7223 | ::ScreenToClient(hWnd, &pt2); | |
7224 | HWND child = ::ChildWindowFromPointEx(hWnd, pt2, CWP_SKIPINVISIBLE); | |
7225 | if ( child == hWnd || !child ) | |
7226 | break; | |
7227 | ||
7228 | // ChildWindowFromPointEx() only examines the immediate children | |
7229 | // but we want to get the deepest (top in Z-order) one, so continue | |
7230 | // iterating for as long as it finds anything. | |
7231 | hWnd = child; | |
7232 | } | |
e18a74e2 | 7233 | } |
3723b7b1 | 7234 | |
ab3eae34 | 7235 | return wxGetWindowFromHWND((WXHWND)hWnd); |
3723b7b1 JS |
7236 | } |
7237 | ||
7238 | // Get the current mouse position. | |
7239 | wxPoint wxGetMousePosition() | |
7240 | { | |
1772ead0 | 7241 | POINT pt; |
d6c37f5b | 7242 | wxGetCursorPosMSW(&pt); |
5cd16c0c | 7243 | |
1772ead0 | 7244 | return wxPoint(pt.x, pt.y); |
3723b7b1 JS |
7245 | } |
7246 | ||
5048c832 | 7247 | #if wxUSE_HOTKEY |
540b6b09 | 7248 | |
afafd942 JS |
7249 | #if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__) |
7250 | static void WinCEUnregisterHotKey(int modifiers, int id) | |
7251 | { | |
7252 | // Register hotkeys for the hardware buttons | |
7253 | HINSTANCE hCoreDll; | |
7254 | typedef BOOL (WINAPI *UnregisterFunc1Proc)(UINT, UINT); | |
7255 | ||
7256 | UnregisterFunc1Proc procUnregisterFunc; | |
9a83f860 | 7257 | hCoreDll = LoadLibrary(wxT("coredll.dll")); |
afafd942 JS |
7258 | if (hCoreDll) |
7259 | { | |
9a83f860 | 7260 | procUnregisterFunc = (UnregisterFunc1Proc)GetProcAddress(hCoreDll, wxT("UnregisterFunc1")); |
afafd942 JS |
7261 | if (procUnregisterFunc) |
7262 | procUnregisterFunc(modifiers, id); | |
7263 | FreeLibrary(hCoreDll); | |
7264 | } | |
7265 | } | |
7266 | #endif | |
7267 | ||
540b6b09 | 7268 | bool wxWindowMSW::RegisterHotKey(int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) |
5048c832 JS |
7269 | { |
7270 | UINT win_modifiers=0; | |
540b6b09 VZ |
7271 | if ( modifiers & wxMOD_ALT ) |
7272 | win_modifiers |= MOD_ALT; | |
7273 | if ( modifiers & wxMOD_SHIFT ) | |
7274 | win_modifiers |= MOD_SHIFT; | |
7275 | if ( modifiers & wxMOD_CONTROL ) | |
7276 | win_modifiers |= MOD_CONTROL; | |
7277 | if ( modifiers & wxMOD_WIN ) | |
7278 | win_modifiers |= MOD_WIN; | |
7279 | ||
afafd942 JS |
7280 | #if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__) |
7281 | // Required for PPC and Smartphone hardware buttons | |
7282 | if (keycode >= WXK_SPECIAL1 && keycode <= WXK_SPECIAL20) | |
7283 | WinCEUnregisterHotKey(win_modifiers, hotkeyId); | |
7284 | #endif | |
7285 | ||
540b6b09 VZ |
7286 | if ( !::RegisterHotKey(GetHwnd(), hotkeyId, win_modifiers, keycode) ) |
7287 | { | |
9a83f860 | 7288 | wxLogLastError(wxT("RegisterHotKey")); |
5048c832 | 7289 | |
08158721 | 7290 | return false; |
540b6b09 VZ |
7291 | } |
7292 | ||
08158721 | 7293 | return true; |
5048c832 JS |
7294 | } |
7295 | ||
7296 | bool wxWindowMSW::UnregisterHotKey(int hotkeyId) | |
7297 | { | |
afafd942 JS |
7298 | #if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__) |
7299 | WinCEUnregisterHotKey(MOD_WIN, hotkeyId); | |
7300 | #endif | |
7301 | ||
540b6b09 VZ |
7302 | if ( !::UnregisterHotKey(GetHwnd(), hotkeyId) ) |
7303 | { | |
9a83f860 | 7304 | wxLogLastError(wxT("UnregisterHotKey")); |
540b6b09 | 7305 | |
08158721 | 7306 | return false; |
540b6b09 VZ |
7307 | } |
7308 | ||
08158721 | 7309 | return true; |
5048c832 JS |
7310 | } |
7311 | ||
0b4f47a3 DS |
7312 | #if wxUSE_ACCEL |
7313 | ||
5048c832 JS |
7314 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleHotKey(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
7315 | { | |
540b6b09 VZ |
7316 | int win_modifiers = LOWORD(lParam); |
7317 | ||
b6885972 VZ |
7318 | wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_HOTKEY, HIWORD(lParam))); |
7319 | event.SetId(wParam); | |
5048c832 JS |
7320 | event.m_shiftDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_SHIFT) != 0; |
7321 | event.m_controlDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_CONTROL) != 0; | |
7322 | event.m_altDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_ALT) != 0; | |
7323 | event.m_metaDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_WIN) != 0; | |
540b6b09 | 7324 | |
937013e0 | 7325 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
5048c832 | 7326 | } |
540b6b09 | 7327 | |
0b4f47a3 DS |
7328 | #endif // wxUSE_ACCEL |
7329 | ||
540b6b09 | 7330 | #endif // wxUSE_HOTKEY |
5048c832 | 7331 | |
550049c2 | 7332 | // Not tested under WinCE |
d79df32c | 7333 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
d79df32c | 7334 | |
550049c2 VZ |
7335 | // this class installs a message hook which really wakes up our idle processing |
7336 | // each time a WM_NULL is received (wxWakeUpIdle does this), even if we're | |
7337 | // sitting inside a local modal loop (e.g. a menu is opened or scrollbar is | |
7338 | // being dragged or even inside ::MessageBox()) and so don't control message | |
7339 | // dispatching otherwise | |
7340 | class wxIdleWakeUpModule : public wxModule | |
7341 | { | |
d79df32c | 7342 | public: |
3a3c8603 | 7343 | virtual bool OnInit() |
550049c2 | 7344 | { |
3a3c8603 | 7345 | ms_hMsgHookProc = ::SetWindowsHookEx |
550049c2 VZ |
7346 | ( |
7347 | WH_GETMESSAGE, | |
7348 | &wxIdleWakeUpModule::MsgHookProc, | |
7349 | NULL, | |
7350 | GetCurrentThreadId() | |
7351 | ); | |
d79df32c | 7352 | |
550049c2 VZ |
7353 | if ( !ms_hMsgHookProc ) |
7354 | { | |
9a83f860 | 7355 | wxLogLastError(wxT("SetWindowsHookEx(WH_GETMESSAGE)")); |
550049c2 VZ |
7356 | |
7357 | return false; | |
7358 | } | |
7359 | ||
7360 | return true; | |
3a3c8603 | 7361 | } |
550049c2 | 7362 | |
3a3c8603 | 7363 | virtual void OnExit() |
550049c2 | 7364 | { |
3a3c8603 DS |
7365 | ::UnhookWindowsHookEx(wxIdleWakeUpModule::ms_hMsgHookProc); |
7366 | } | |
550049c2 | 7367 | |
3a3c8603 | 7368 | static LRESULT CALLBACK MsgHookProc(int nCode, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) |
550049c2 | 7369 | { |
3a3c8603 | 7370 | MSG *msg = (MSG*)lParam; |
34ea3c74 VZ |
7371 | |
7372 | // only process the message if it is actually going to be removed from | |
7373 | // the message queue, this prevents that the same event from being | |
7374 | // processed multiple times if now someone just called PeekMessage() | |
7375 | if ( msg->message == WM_NULL && wParam == PM_REMOVE ) | |
3a3c8603 | 7376 | { |
550049c2 | 7377 | wxTheApp->ProcessPendingEvents(); |
3a3c8603 | 7378 | } |
550049c2 | 7379 | |
3a3c8603 | 7380 | return CallNextHookEx(ms_hMsgHookProc, nCode, wParam, lParam); |
47b378bd | 7381 | } |
550049c2 | 7382 | |
d79df32c | 7383 | private: |
3a3c8603 | 7384 | static HHOOK ms_hMsgHookProc; |
550049c2 VZ |
7385 | |
7386 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIdleWakeUpModule) | |
d79df32c | 7387 | }; |
d79df32c | 7388 | |
550049c2 VZ |
7389 | HHOOK wxIdleWakeUpModule::ms_hMsgHookProc = 0; |
7390 | ||
7391 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIdleWakeUpModule, wxModule) | |
7392 | ||
7393 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ | |
3a3c8603 | 7394 | |
d26e1ab2 JS |
7395 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
7396 | ||
7397 | #if wxUSE_STATBOX | |
7398 | static void wxAdjustZOrder(wxWindow* parent) | |
7399 | { | |
345c78ca | 7400 | if (wxDynamicCast(parent, wxStaticBox)) |
d26e1ab2 JS |
7401 | { |
7402 | // Set the z-order correctly | |
7403 | SetWindowPos((HWND) parent->GetHWND(), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE|SWP_NOSIZE); | |
7404 | } | |
35bbb0c6 | 7405 | |
d26e1ab2 JS |
7406 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator current = parent->GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
7407 | while (current) | |
7408 | { | |
7409 | wxWindow *childWin = current->GetData(); | |
7410 | wxAdjustZOrder(childWin); | |
7411 | current = current->GetNext(); | |
7412 | } | |
7413 | } | |
7414 | #endif | |
7415 | ||
7416 | // We need to adjust the z-order of static boxes in WinCE, to | |
7417 | // make 'contained' controls visible | |
7418 | void wxWindowMSW::OnInitDialog( wxInitDialogEvent& event ) | |
7419 | { | |
7420 | #if wxUSE_STATBOX | |
7421 | wxAdjustZOrder(this); | |
7422 | #endif | |
35bbb0c6 | 7423 | |
d26e1ab2 JS |
7424 | event.Skip(); |
7425 | } | |
7426 | #endif |